ML102520123: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML102520123
| number = ML102520123
| issue date = 08/16/2010
| issue date = 08/16/2010
| title = Browns Ferry Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Simulator Scenarios
| title = Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Simulator Scenarios
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.:
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D                                   Scenario Outline                                   Form ES-D-1 Facility:       Browns Ferry NPP               Scenario No.:     3-24        Op-Test No.:   ILT 1006 SRO:
3-2 4  Op-Test No.: I LT 1006           Examiners:
Examiners:                                         Operators:     ATC:
Operators:
BOP:
SRO:    ATC:     BOP:     Initial Conditions:
Initial       Unit 3 is at 5 to 6% power with IRM E out of service. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power.
Unit 3 is at 5 to 6% power with IRM E out of service. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power.
Conditions: Unit startup is in progress per 3-GOI-100-1A. At step 67 to raise reactor power with rods to 8%. Continue unit startup to Mode 1.
Unit startup is in progress per 3
Turnover:     A Severe Thunder Storm Warning has been issued for Limestone County for the next 4 hours.
-GOI-100-1A. At step 67 to raise reactor power with rods to 8%. Continue unit startup to Mode 1.
Event                      Event No.       Malf. No.       Type*                               Event Description N-BOP 1                                  Perform step 71 of 3-GOI-100-1A and other steps as directed N-SRO R-ATC 2                                  Raise power with rods to 8%
Turnover: A Severe Thunder Storm Warning has been issued for Limestone County for the next 4 hours. Event No. Malf. No. Event Type* Event Description N-BOP N-SRO Perform step 71 of 3-GOI-100-1A and other steps as directed R-ATC R-SRO Raise power with rods to 8%
R-SRO TS-SRO 3          rd05                  Uncoupled Control Rod C-ATC C-BOP 4          ms01                    Steam Seal Regulator failure C-SRO TS-SRO 5          hp08                    HPCI Steam leak w/ auto isolation failure C-BOP C-ATC 6         rfpt c                 RFPT C trips C-SRO 7     vacuum loss       M-All     Loss of vacuum causes a loss of feedwater and pressure control 8           loca         M-All     Loss of High pressure injection with a LOCA, ATWS, and TAF
3 rd05 TS-SRO C-ATC Uncoupled Control Rod 4 ms01 C-BOP C-SRO Steam Seal Regulator failure 5 hp08 TS-SRO C-BOP HPCI Steam leak w/ auto isolation failure 6 rfpt c C-ATC C-SRO RFPT C trips 7 v acuum loss M-All Loss of vacuum causes a loss of feedwater and pressure control 8 loca M-All Loss of High pressure injection with a LOCA, ATWS, and TAF    *    (N)ormal,     (R)eactivity,     (I)nstrument,     (C)omponent,    (M)ajor
*   (N)ormal,   (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,    (M)ajor


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   Critical Tasks  
Appendix D                                 Scenario Outline                   Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks
: 1. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 1. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 2. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
: 2. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
* Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits
* Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
: 3. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 3. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 4. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below  
: 4. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
-50" to establish a lower limit
: 5. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restore and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
: 5. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restore and maintained above  
: 6. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
-180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches  
: 7. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.
-200" 6. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above  
-1807. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.  


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 3 of 52   With the unit at 5 to 6% power , the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8% and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3
3-24 Rev 0 Page 3 of 52 With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8% and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.
-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.
 
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check.
When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2 , the rod will couple and power ascension may continue.
SRO should refer to Te ch Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.
The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature. With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.
After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum. The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.


HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate
3-24 Rev 0 Page 4 of 52 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI
: 1. File:   batch and trigger files for scenario 3-24 Batch NRC201024
-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature. With HPCI Inoperabl e , the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3
.6.1.3 Condition B.
With HPCI Inoperable
, mode change can not be made.
 
After failure of HPCI , RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level.
RFPT B is idling a t 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
 
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum.
The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable
. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above
-180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig
, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.
3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 4 of 52   VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
: 1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3
-24 Batch NRC201024
 
#steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
#steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
#uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
#uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
#rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
#rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
#hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
#hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
 
#loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
#loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
#rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin
#rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 5 of 52   Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out
3-24 Rev 0 Page 5 of 52 Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in mrf rp05d (none 150) in mrf rp05f (none 180) in mrf rp05h (none 210) in RCIC Start Trigger zdihs718a[2].ne.1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-24 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup                       manual         Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup                       Load Batch     Bat nrc201024 Simulator Setup                       manual         Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup                                       Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (Start up) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-1A
 
Batch NRC201024rpsout
 
mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in
 
mrf rp05d (none 150) in
 
mrf rp05f (none 180) in
 
mrf rp05h (none 210) in
 
RCIC Start Trigger
 
zdihs718a[2].ne.1
 
IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3
-24   DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201024 Simulator Setup manual Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (Start up
) - Provide marked up copy of 3
-GOI-100-1A 3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 6 of 52  X. Scenario Summary:
 
With the unit at 5 to 6% power , the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8% and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3
-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.
 
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod
 
per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.


3-24 Rev 0 Page 6 of 52 X. Scenario Summary:
With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8%
and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.
The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature.
With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.
After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum.
The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.


HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI
3-24 Rev 0 Page 7 of 52 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature. With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.
Control Rod insertion in progress Emergency Depressurization Reactor Water Level restored after ED
After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
 
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum. The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above
-180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.
3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 7 of 52   Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
 
Control Rod insertion in progress
 
Emergency Depressurization  
 
Reactor Water Level restored after ED
 
3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 8 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
  [67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))
Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC 3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal
 
====6.6.1 Initial====
Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods


3-24 Rev 0 Page 8 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO      3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
[67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))
Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC      3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal 6.6.1 Initial Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods
[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:
[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:
* CRD POWER, 3
* CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in ON.
-HS-85-46 in ON.
* Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing (not required with no fuel in RPV).
* Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing (not required with no fuel in RPV).  
6.6.2 Actions Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal
 
====6.6.2 Actions====
Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal
 
[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:
[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:
* Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.
* Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.
* Nuclear Instrumentation responds as control rods move through the core (This ensures control rod is following drive during Control Rod movement.)  
* Nuclear Instrumentation responds as control rods move through the core (This ensures control rod is following drive during Control Rod movement.)
  [5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:
[5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:
* STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFORM Step 6.6.2[6].
* STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFORM Step 6.6.2[6].
    [6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisor's discretion to "REINITIALIZE" the RBM:
[6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisors discretion to REINITIALIZE the RBM:
[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.
[6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in the ON position.


[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
3-24 Rev 0 Page 9 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.  [6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC     6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal
-HS-85-46, in the ON position.
[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.
 
[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 9 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal
  [1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3
-XS-85-40.   [2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
    [3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.  
[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.
  [4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.   [5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
[5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
  [6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:
[6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:
  [6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.   [6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
[6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.   [6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.
  [6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
[6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 10 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
Event 1 and 2
 
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal
3-24 Rev 0 Page 10 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
  [1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC     6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal
-XS-85-40.   [2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.
[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
    [3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.  
[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.
  [4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.
[4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.
  [5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than "48", THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than 48, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
  [5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  
[5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
  [5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
[5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.   [5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.   [5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.
[5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.
[5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does NOT alarm.   [5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does NOT alarm.
[5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 11 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 11 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC     6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
[6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
  [6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
  [6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  
[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
 
[6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.
[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.     [6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
[6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.  
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.
[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.   [6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
[6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
  [6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
[6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 12 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
  [7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):
  [7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  


[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
3-24 Rev 0 Page 12 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC      6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
-HS-85-48.   [7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.  
[7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):
[7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
[7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
[7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.
[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.
[7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator (3-XA-55-5A, Window 14) does NOT alarm.
[7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
[7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal
[1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:
[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in OFF.
[1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in ON.


[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
3-24 Rev 0 Page 13 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.     [7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO      3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
* Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.
[68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator (3-XA-55-5A, Window 14) does NOT alarm.  
[69] VERIFY the following:
  [7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
* Hotwell Pressure is below -24" Hg.
  [7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2. 6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal
* CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3-9-7.
  [1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:
[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3-9-3.
[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3          3):
-HS-85-46, in OFF.  
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  [1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.
-HS-85-46, in ON.
[72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.
Initials Date Time SRO      Directs BOP to perform step 71 BOP      [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3          3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 13 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 14 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
Event 3:     Uncoupled Control Rod ATC       Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:
: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
: 1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.
  [68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.    [69] VERIFY the following:
: 2. Background light extinguished.
* Hotwell Pressure is below
-24" Hg.
* CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3 7. 
[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3 3. 
[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-25.  [72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4. Initials Date Time SRO Directs BOP to perform step 71  BOP [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-25.
3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 14 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod ATC Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:  
: 1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.  
: 2. Background light extinguished.  
: 3. Rod DRIFT light on.
: 3. Rod DRIFT light on.
B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2. C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.
B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2.
D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5
C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.
-1. Reports Control Rod 02
D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5-1.
-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC 3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions
Reports Control Rod 02-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO       Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC       3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions
[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.
[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.
SRO 4.2 Subsequent Actions
SRO       4.2 Subsequent Actions
  [1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.  
[1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.
  [2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.
[2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.
Driver Driver Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3
Driver Driver   Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3-AOI-85-2
-AOI-85-2 3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 15 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod SRO [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:
Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02
-35 ATC  PERFORM the following:
  [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.
  [3.2] RESET associated annunciators.
  [3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.
 
[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.
  [3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.
  [3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.
  [3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.


3-24 Rev 0 Page 15 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3:      Uncoupled Control Rod SRO      [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:
Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02-35 PERFORM the following:
ATC      [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.
[3.2] RESET associated annunciators.
[3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.
[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.
[3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.
[3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.
[3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.
[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.
[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.
Report Control Rod 02
Report Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled Driver Driver   When control rod 02-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO       Makes notifications that Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled SRO       Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC   NRC       At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure
-35 is Coupled Driver Driver When control rod 02
-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO Makes notifications that Control Rod 02
-35 is Coupled SRO Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC NRC At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 16 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 16 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 4: Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3
Event 4:       Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP       Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3-PI-1-148, Panel 3-9-7.
-PI-1-148, Panel 3 7. B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3 7.
B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3-9-7.
C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3
C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145.
-FCV-1-145. D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3
D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).
-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).
E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3-9-6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3-9-7) normal.
E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3
BOP       Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP       Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO       Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP       Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver   3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO       Evaluate entry to 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP       Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.
-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3 6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3 7) normal.
SRO       Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver   If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak
BOP Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3
-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver 3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3
-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO Evaluate entry to 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.
SRO Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 17 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 17 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak BOP Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3 11. (Alarm on Panel 3 11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak BOP       Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3-9-11. (Alarm on Panel 3-9-11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)
C. NOTIFY RADCON. D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a "VALID" radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.
C. NOTIFY RADCON.
BOP    
D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a VALID radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.
BOP       Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):
HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 3-FCV-73-81.
A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 on Panel 3-9-21.
B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.
C. CHECK following on Panel 3-9-11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:
: 1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-24A.
: 2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A.
D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550).
BOP      Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO      Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver    If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.


Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH  Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):
3-24 Rev 0 Page 18 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak SRO     If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated P
-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3
SRO     If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO     EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7         Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM
* Be operated by EOIs OR
-UP VALVE, 3
* Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP     Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering SRO     EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
-FCV-73-81. A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3
* Be operated by EOIs OR
-TI-69-29 on Panel 3 21. B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.
* Suppress a Fire SRO     Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.
C. CHECK following on Panel 3 11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:
: 1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3
-RI-90-24A. 2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A. D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550). BOP Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.
3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 18 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO P Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7 Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
Be operated by EOIs OR Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering     SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
Be operated by EOIs OR Suppress a Fire SRO Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 19 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 19 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO P 3-EOI Appendix 8F
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO 3-EOI Appendix 8F P
: 1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.  
: 1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.
: 2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: 2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF. b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).  
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
Line 314: Line 242:
* 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
* 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
: 3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: 3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.  
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).  
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
* 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
Line 324: Line 251:
* 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.
* 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.
Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip
Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 20 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 20 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B   Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip
Event 5:     HPCI Steam Leak SRO       EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO       Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 21 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 21 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 6: RFPT C Trip   ATC Report RFPT C Trip SRO Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater
Event 6:       RFPT C Trip ATC       Report RFPT C Trip SRO       Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC       Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater
  [10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.
[10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.
  [14] IF unit remains on
[14] IF unit remains on-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33 (normal range).
-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33" (normal range).
SRO       Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC       Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP       Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO       Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.
SRO Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.
Driver Driver   4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC       Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC       Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver   If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks
Driver Driver 4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks  


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 22 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 22 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.   [7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8. Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO Directs Reactor Scram ATC Manually scrams Reactor ATC Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5% SRO Enters EOI
Event 7:       Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew     Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO       Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO       [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.
-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%
[7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8.
Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2 SRO Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver When Notified to perform appendix 1 A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active
Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP       Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO       Directs Reactor Scram ATC       Manually scrams Reactor ATC       Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC       Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5%
. If requested to open/close 3
SRO       Enters EOI-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%
-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.
Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC       Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2   SRO       Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC       Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver   When Notified to perform appendix 1A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active. If requested to open/close 3-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.
Driver Driver When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active
Driver Driver   When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 23 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 23 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS     ATC Appendix 1D to manually insert rods
Event 7:       ATWS ATC     Appendix 1D to manually insert rods
: 1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.  
: 1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.
: 2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE   3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
: 2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE 3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
: 3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.  
: 3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
: 4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.  
: 4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.
: 5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
: 5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
: a. SELECT control rod.  
: a. SELECT control rod.
: b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.
: b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.
CT#2 ATC Inserts Control Rods SRO Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue
CT#2 ATC     Inserts Control Rods SRO     Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 24 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 24 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS     SRO EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs   BOP Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations SRO Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1 SRO Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1 BOP/AT C Inhibits ADS SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
Event 7:       ATWS SRO       EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs BOP       Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO       EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P
RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)
SRO       Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1   SRO       Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1   BOP/AT Inhibits ADS C
ATC/BO P Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%
SRO       Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks
Driver Driver If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP Complete Appendix 8A  
* MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
: 3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3): 3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4 SRO Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
* RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)
ATC/BO Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E P
Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%
Driver Driver   If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP   Complete Appendix 8A
: 3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3):
3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4   SRO       Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 25 of 52     XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 25 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS 3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 26 of 52  CS#4 BOP/AT C Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4
Event 7:     ATWS
: 1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:  a. HPCI 1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push
-button. 
: 2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button. c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.


Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.       BOP/AT C d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 26 of 52 CS#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP. OR
: 1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: a. HPCI
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS. AND 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
: 1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
: 2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS            18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
: c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.
Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.
: d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP.
BOP/AT OR C
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.
AND
: 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
: e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP. OR
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP.
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig, 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS. AND 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
OR
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.
AND
: 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 27 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 27 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: EOI-3   CT#4 BOP/AT C Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4
Event 7:       EOI-3 CT#4   BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C
: f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
: f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
: 1) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3 5:
: 1) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3-9-5:
* Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3
* Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO, OR
-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO,   OR
* Using individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL, OR
* Using individual 3
* Using individual 3-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.
-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL,   OR
* Using individual 3
-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C)
SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.  
: 2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
: 2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
* 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-F CV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START
* 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL.
-UP LEVEL CONTROL.  
: 3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
: 3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
* 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
* 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
* 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
* 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
* 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.
* 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.
CT#4 SRO When RPV Water Level Drops Below  
CT#4   SRO       When RPV Water Level Drops Below -50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of -50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO   Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel P
-50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of  
Driver Driver     When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset
-50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO P Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel Driver Driver When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset  


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 28 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 28 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection
Event 8:     Loss of High Pressure Injection


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 29 of 52   Crew Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A
3-24 Rev 0 Page 29 of 52 Crew   Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO   Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC   Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A
: 1. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
: 1. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
: 2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
: 2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
* Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished, SLC SQUIB VALVE CONTINUITY LOST Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 20).
* Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished,
3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
* SLC SQUIB VALVE CONTINUITY LOST Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 20).
System flow, as indicated by 3-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3 5,   SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).
* 3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
SRO Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO P Verifies RWCU isolated SRO If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above  
* System flow, as indicated by 3-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3-9-5,
-180 inches Then Continue at Step C5
* SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).
-19 CT#5 Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3 Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
SRO   Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO Verifies RWCU isolated P
CT#3 BOP/AT C Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented SRO Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5 Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO P Opens 6 ADS Valves SRO Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened
SRO   If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Then Continue at Step C5-19 CT#5       Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3       Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
CT#3 BOP/AT Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented C
SRO   Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5       Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO Opens 6 ADS Valves P
SRO   Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 30 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 30 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above  
Event 8:     Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO     When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above -180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band P
-180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO P Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band SRO Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above  
SRO     Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5-12 Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band
-180 inches   Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5
-12   Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 31 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 31 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   SRO Enters EOI
Event 8:       EOI-2 SRO     Enters EOI-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO     Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO     EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue   Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)
SRO     Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)
SRO Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between  
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches
-1 inch and  
 
-6 inches (Appendix 18)
3-24 Rev 0 Page 32 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above  
Event 8:     EOI-2 SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
-6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below  
-1 inches 3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 32 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)
Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)
SRO Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
SRO     Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO     EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP     Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.
SRO Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2-S 3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 33 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
SRO     Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2-S
Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
 
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.  
3-24 Rev 0 Page 33 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3 3 or Panel 3-9-54): 3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
Event 8:     EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):
3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C   7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
Driver Driver   If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19,     OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20. 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3
: 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54). c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). d. PLACE keylock switch 3
: c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3 55). e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm. f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 34 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 34 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12     1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.  
Event 8:     EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3 3 or Panel 3-9-54): 3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):
3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C   7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
Driver Driver   If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19,     OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20. 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3
: 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54). c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). d. PLACE keylock switch 3
: c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3 55). e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm. f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 35 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 35 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
Event 8:       EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3). b. PLACE keylock switch 3
: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54). c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54). d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). e. PLACE keylock switch 3
: c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3 55). f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.  
: d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
: f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
Stable flow as indicated on controller,   AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished,   AND Release rates as determined below:
Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification
BOP       Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver   Acknowledge Notification


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 36 of 52 3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 37 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 36 of 52
Event 8: EOI-2   ATC/BO P Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C
 
3-24 Rev 0 Page 37 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8:         EOI-2 ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS. 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
: 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II)
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 38 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 38 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2 ATC/BO P  f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.  
Event 8:     EOI-2
: g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE. h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.  
: f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.  
ATC/BO P        g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.
: j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.  
: h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).  
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
: m. THROTTLE the following in
: m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
Line 511: Line 457:
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.


3-24   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 39 of 52   XII I. Crew Critical Tasks:
3-24 Rev 0 Page 39 of 52 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:
: 8. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 8. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 9. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
: 9. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
* Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits
* Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
: 10. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 10. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 11. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below  
: 11. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
-50" to establish a lower limit
: 12. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
: 12. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restore d and maintained above  
: 13. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
-180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200" 13. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above  
: 14. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.
-18014. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.  
 
3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 40 of 52    XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER K/A      RO SRO  1 and 2  Reactor Startup


RO U-000-NO-03         201002A4.01 3.5 3.4   SRO S-000-NO-001         2.1.7   4.4   4.7 3 Uncoupled Control Rod
3-24 Rev 0 Page 40 of 52 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT  TASK NUMBER                K/A              RO  SRO 1 and 2      Reactor Startup RO U-000-NO-03             201002A4.01       3.5 3.4 SRO S-000-NO-001           2.1.7             4.4 4.7 3       Uncoupled Control Rod RO U-085-AB-02            201003A2.02            3.7  3.8 SRO S-085-AB-02 4      Steam Seal Regulator Fail RO U-001-AL-01            239001      K3.06      2.6  2.7 5      HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06            295032EA2.03          3.8  4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6      RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16            259001A2.01      3.7  3.7 SRO S-003-AB-01 7      Loss of Condenser Vacuum RO U-047-AB-03            295002AA1.06      3.0  3.1 SRO S-047-AB-03            295037EA2.02      4.1  4.2 SRO S-000-EM-18


RO U-085-AB-02          201003A2.02 3.3.8            SRO S-085-AB-02   4  Steam Seal Regulator Fail
3-24 Rev 0 Page 41 of 52 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:        HLTS-3-24 8  Total Malfunctions Inserted:      List (4-8) 3  Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4  Abnormal Events:    List (1-3) 2  Major Transients:    List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) 2  EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 90 Run Time (minutes) 7  Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)
YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
: 1. Appendix D                              Scenario Outline                          Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:
IRM E is out of service and bypassed Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:
Continue plant startup IAW 3-GOI-100-1A section 5.4, mode change from Mode 2 to Mode 1.
Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the next two hours.
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
: 2. Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                                  Form ES-D-1 Facility:        Browns Ferry NPP              Scenario No.:      3-22      Op-Test No.:    ILT 1006 SRO:
Examiners:                                        Operators:    ATC:
BOP:
Initial        Unit 3 is at 93% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. RHR Pump A is out of service.
Conditions: RBCCW Pump A work is complete and ready to be returned to service. Spare RBCCW Pump is aligned to Unit 3.
Turnover:      Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off and then raise Reactor Power to 100%.
Event                      Event No.      Malf. No.        Type*                              Event Description N-BOP 1                                Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off N-SRO R-ATC 2                                Raise Power with Recirc R-SRO C-SRO 3          pc014                  Suppression Pool leak on RHR A Loop, isolation available C-BOP C-BOP   B Shutdown Board Supply Breaker trips DG B fails to start 4         ed16b TS-SRO C-ATC 5        sw02b                  RBCCW Pump B trips C-SRO C-ATC 6          rd04                  Rod 30-47 drifts out TS-SRO 7          th23        M-ALL    Fuel Failure: scram on increasing Radiation and close MSIVs 8          rc09        M-ALL    RCIC Steam leak no isolation ED on High Radiation C-ATC 9        ad03c/f                  Two ADS SRVs will fail to open for emergency depressurization C-SRO
    *    (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument,  (C)omponent,    (M)ajor
: 2. Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                          Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks 1    Emergency depressurization initiated within 5minutes with a primary system discharging into the secondary containment and area radiation/water/temperature levels exceed maximum safe operating levels in two or more areas.
2    Maintains RPV water level above TAF (-162")
3    Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RHR Loop A


RO U-001-AL-01  239001 K3.06  2.6 2.7                    5 HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06  295032EA2.03 3.8 4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6  RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16  259001A2.01 3.7 3.7  SRO S-003-AB-01 7  Loss of Condenser Vacuum
3-22 Rev 0 Page 3 of 52 With the unit at 93% power the BOP operator will rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off per 3-OI-24 section 6.1.1. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 100%.
 
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, a suppression pool leak will develop on RHR A suction due to maintenance in the area. After field personnel are dispatched, field reports will indicate that the leak is isolable. The BOP operator will close RHR A Suppression Pool Suction Valve and the leak will stop. Depending on the timeliness of the crews actions EOI-2 may be entered on low Suppression Pool level. The SRO will evaluate EOI-2 entry conditions and Tech Specs.
RO U-047-AB-03  295002AA1.06 3.0 3.1  SRO S-047-AB-03  295037EA2.02 4.1 4.2    SRO S-000-EM-18 3-24  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 41 of 52  XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:
HLT S-3-24    8      Total Malfunctions Inserted:
List (4-8)    3      Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry:
List (1-4)    4      Abnormal Events:
List (1-3)    2    Major Transients:
List (1-2)      3    EOI's used:
List (1-3)    2      EOI Contingencies used:
List (0-3)    90    Run Time (minutes) 7    Crew Critical Tasks:
(2-5)  YES  Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1    SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET
 
Equipment Out of Service/LCO's:
IRM E is out of service and bypassed
__    _
Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:
Continue plant startup IAW 3
-GOI-100-1A section 5.4,  mode change from Mode 2 to Mode
: 1. Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power
 
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the  next two hours.
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1     
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1     
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1     
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
: 1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1     
: 2. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1    Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.:
3-2 2  Op-Test No.: ILT 1006            Examiners:
Operators:
SRO:    ATC:    BOP:    Initial Conditions:
Unit 3 is at 93% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. RHR Pump A is out of service.
RBCCW Pump A work is complete and ready to be returned to service. Spare RBCCW Pump is aligned to Unit 3.
Turnover: Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off and then raise Reactor Power to 100%.
Event No. Malf. No. Event Type* Event Description 1  N-BOP N-SRO Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off 2  R-ATC R-SRO Raise Power with Recirc 3 pc014 C-SRO C-BOP Suppression Pool leak on RHR A Loop, isolation available 4 ed16b C-BOP TS-SRO B Shutdown Board Supply Breaker trips DG B fails to start 5 sw02b C-ATC C-SRO RBCCW Pump B trips 6 rd04 C-ATC TS-SRO Rod 30-47 drifts out 7 th23 M-ALL Fuel Failure: scram on increasing Radiation and close MSIVs 8 rc09 M-ALL RCIC Steam leak no isolation ED on High Radiation 9 ad03c/f C-ATC C-SRO Two ADS SRVs will fail to open for emergency depressurization
    *    (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument,    (C)omponent,    (M)ajor
: 2. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1    Critical Tasks 1 Emergency depressurization initiated within 5minutes with a primary system discharging into the secondary containment and area radiation/water/temperature levels exceed maximum safe operating levels in two or more areas.
2 Maintains RPV water level above TAF (-162")  3 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RHR Loop A
 
3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 3 of 52   With the unit at 93% power the BOP operator will rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off per 3-OI-24 section 6.1.1. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 100%.
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver , a suppression pool leak will develop on RHR A suction due to maintenance in the area. After field personnel are dispatched, field reports will indicate that the leak is isolable. The BOP operator will close RHR A Suppression Pool Suction Valve and the leak will stop. Depending on the timeliness of the crews actions EOI
-2 may be entered on low Suppression Pool level. The SRO will evaluate EOI
-2 entry conditions and Tech Specs.
Once the plant is stable Shutdown Board B supply breaker will trip and DG B will fail to auto start to energize the board. In addition, RBCCW Pump B will trip shortly after the DG failure.
Once the plant is stable Shutdown Board B supply breaker will trip and DG B will fail to auto start to energize the board. In addition, RBCCW Pump B will trip shortly after the DG failure.
The BOP operator will start DG B to restore Shutdown Board B safety related loads. The ATC will start RBCCW Pump A and restore RBCCW to a normal cooling lineup. The SRO will declare DG B Inoperable and refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 for one DG out of service, condition B will be entered.  
The BOP operator will start DG B to restore Shutdown Board B safety related loads. The ATC will start RBCCW Pump A and restore RBCCW to a normal cooling lineup. The SRO will declare DG B Inoperable and refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 for one DG out of service, condition B will be entered.
 
After the above transient Control Rod 30-47 will drift out. The ATC will select and insert Control Rod 30-47 per 3-AOI-85-6. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 and enter Condition A.
After the above transient Control Rod 30
-47 will drift out. The ATC will select and insert Control Rod 30
-47 per 3-AOI-85-6. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 and enter Condition A.
The rod drift and insertion will cause a fuel element defect. Plant radiation levels will begin to rise. The SRO will establish power reduction strategies and determine the point at which to scram the reactor. Shortly after the reactor is scrammed, a triple high radiation alarm on MSIVs will come in forcing the crew to isolate the MSIVs. The crew will transition level control to RCIC and pressure control to SRVs. A steam leak on RCIC will develop and with no isolation the crew will have to emergency depressurize due to secondary containment radiation levels.
The rod drift and insertion will cause a fuel element defect. Plant radiation levels will begin to rise. The SRO will establish power reduction strategies and determine the point at which to scram the reactor. Shortly after the reactor is scrammed, a triple high radiation alarm on MSIVs will come in forcing the crew to isolate the MSIVs. The crew will transition level control to RCIC and pressure control to SRVs. A steam leak on RCIC will develop and with no isolation the crew will have to emergency depressurize due to secondary containment radiation levels.
HPCI can be used for level control but the automatic operation of the controller will fail, Two ADS SRVs will fail to open requiring two additional SRVs opened. The crew will maintain level above TAF and after ED restore level to a band of 2 to 51 inches.
HPCI can be used for level control but the automatic operation of the controller will fail, Two ADS SRVs will fail to open requiring two additional SRVs opened. The crew will maintain level above TAF and after ED restore level to a band of 2 to 51 inches.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 4 of 52   VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
3-22 Rev 0 Page 4 of 52 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
: 1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3
: 1. File:   batch and trigger files for scenario 3-24 Batch NRC201024
-24 Batch NRC201024
#steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
#steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
#uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
#uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
#rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
#rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
#hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
#hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
 
#loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
#loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip
 
trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
#rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin
#rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 5 of 52   Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out
3-22 Rev 0 Page 5 of 52 Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in mrf rp05d (none 150) in mrf rp05f (none 180) in mrf rp05h (none 210) in RCIC Start Trigger zdihs718a[2].ne.1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-24 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup                       manual         Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup                       Load Batch     Bat nrc201024 Simulator Setup                       manual         Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup                                       Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (Start up) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-1A
 
Batch NRC201024rpsout
 
mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in
 
mrf rp05d (none 150) in mrf rp05f (none 180) in
 
mrf rp05h (none 210) in
 
RCIC Start Trigger
 
zdihs718a[2].ne.1
 
IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3
-24     DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201024   Simulator Setup manual Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded
 
RCP required (Start up
) - Provide marked up copy of 3
-GOI-100-1A 3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 6 of 52  X. Scenario Summary:
 
With the unit at 5 to 6% power , the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8% and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3
-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.


3-22 Rev 0 Page 6 of 52 X. Scenario Summary:
With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8%
and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.
The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.
The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature.
With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.
After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum.
The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.


The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam.
3-22 Rev 0 Page 7 of 52 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.
Control Rod insertion in progress Emergency Depressurization Reactor Water Level restored after ED
 
HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI
-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature. With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.
After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.
 
Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum. The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above
-180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.
3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 7 of 52   Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
 
Control Rod insertion in progress
 
Emergency Depressurization  
 
Reactor Water Level restored after ED
 
3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 8 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
  [67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))
Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC 3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal
 
====6.6.1 Initial====
Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods


3-22 Rev 0 Page 8 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO      3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
[67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))
Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC      3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal 6.6.1 Initial Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods
[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:
[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:
* CRD POWER, 3
* CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in ON.
-HS-85-46 in ON.
* Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing (not required with no fuel in RPV).
* Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing (not required with no fuel in RPV).  
6.6.2 Actions Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal
 
====6.6.2 Actions====
Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal
 
[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:
[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:
* Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.
* Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.
* Nuclear Instrumentation responds as control rods move through the core (This ensures control rod is following drive during Control Rod movement.)  
* Nuclear Instrumentation responds as control rods move through the core (This ensures control rod is following drive during Control Rod movement.)
  [5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:
[5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:
* STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFOR M Step 6.6.2[6].
* STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFORM Step 6.6.2[6].
    [6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisor's discretion to "REINITIALIZE" the RBM:
[6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisors discretion to REINITIALIZE the RBM:
[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.
[6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in the ON position.


[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.  [6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
3-22 Rev 0 Page 9 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-46, in the ON position.
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC     6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal
 
[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.
3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 9 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
Event 1 and 2
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal
  [1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3
-XS-85-40.   [2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
    [3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.  
[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.
  [4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.   [5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
[5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
  [6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:
[6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:
  [6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.   [6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
[6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.   [6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.
  [6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
[6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 10 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
Event 1 and 2
 
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal
3-22 Rev 0 Page 10 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
  [1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC     6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal
-XS-85-40.   [2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.
[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
* Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED
    [3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.  
[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.
  [4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.
[4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.
  [5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than "48", THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than 48, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
  [5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  
[5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
  [5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
[5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.   [5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
[5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.   [5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.
[5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.
[5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does NOT alarm.   [5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does NOT alarm.
 
[5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 11 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
  [6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
  [6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  


[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.     [6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 11 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC      6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
[6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
[6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.
[6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.  
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator, 3-XA-55-5A, Window 14, does not alarm.
[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.   [6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
[6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
  [6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
[6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 12 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
  [7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):
  [7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.  


[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.   [7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3
3-22 Rev 0 Page 12 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC      6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)
-HS-85-48.   [7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.  
[7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):
[7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.
[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.
[7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.
[7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.
[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.
[7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
* Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator (3-XA-55-5A, Window 14) does NOT alarm.
[7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.
[7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.
6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal
[1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:
[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in OFF.
[1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in ON.


[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3
3-22 Rev 0 Page 13 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.     [7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:
Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO      3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
* Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.
[68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.
* CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator (3-XA-55-5A, Window 14) does NOT alarm.  
[69] VERIFY the following:
  [7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.  
* Hotwell Pressure is below -24" Hg.
  [7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2. 6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal
* CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3-9-7.
  [1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:
[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3-9-3.
[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3          3):
-HS-85-46, in OFF.  
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  [1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.
-HS-85-46, in ON.
[72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.
Initials Date Time SRO      Directs BOP to perform step 71 BOP      [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3          3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 13 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 14 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1 and 2
Event 3:     Uncoupled Control Rod ATC       Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:
: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps
: 1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.
  [68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.    [69] VERIFY the following:
: 2. Background light extinguished.
* Hotwell Pressure is below
-24" Hg.
* CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3 7. 
[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3 3. 
[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-25.  [72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4. Initials Date Time SRO Directs BOP to perform step 71  BOP [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):
* PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-24.
* PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3
-HS-64-25.
3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 14 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod ATC Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:  
: 1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.  
: 2. Background light extinguished.  
: 3. Rod DRIFT light on.
: 3. Rod DRIFT light on.
B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2. C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.
B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2.
D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5
C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.
-1. Reports Control Rod 02
D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5-1.
-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC 3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions
Reports Control Rod 02-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO       Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC       3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions
[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.
[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.
SRO 4.2 Subsequent Actions
SRO       4.2 Subsequent Actions
  [1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.  
[1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.
  [2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.
[2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.
Driver Driver Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3
Driver Driver   Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3-AOI-85-2
-AOI-85-2 3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 15 of 52  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod SRO [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:
Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02
-35 ATC  PERFORM the following:
  [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.
  [3.2] RESET associated annunciators.
  [3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.
 
[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.
  [3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.
  [3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.
  [3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.


3-22 Rev 0 Page 15 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3:      Uncoupled Control Rod SRO      [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:
Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02-35 PERFORM the following:
ATC      [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.
[3.2] RESET associated annunciators.
[3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.
[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.
[3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.
[3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.
[3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.
[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.
[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.
Report Control Rod 02
Report Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled Driver Driver   When control rod 02-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO       Makes notifications that Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled SRO       Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC   NRC       At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure
-35 is Coupled Driver Driver When control rod 02
-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO Makes notifications that Control Rod 02
-35 is Coupled SRO Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC NRC At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 16 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 16 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 4: Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3
Event 4:       Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP       Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3-PI-1-148, Panel 3-9-7.
-PI-1-148, Panel 3 7. B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3 7.
B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3-9-7.
C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3
C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145.
-FCV-1-145. D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3
D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).
-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).
E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3-9-6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3-9-7) normal.
E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3
BOP       Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP       Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO       Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP       Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver   3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO       Evaluate entry to 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP       Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.
-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3 6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3 7) normal.
SRO       Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver   If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak
BOP Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3
-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver 3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3
-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO Evaluate entry to 3
-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.
SRO Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 17 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 17 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak BOP Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3 11. (Alarm on Panel 3 11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak BOP       Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3-9-11. (Alarm on Panel 3-9-11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)
C. NOTIFY RADCON. D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a "VALID" radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.
C. NOTIFY RADCON.
BOP    
D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a VALID radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.
BOP       Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):
HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 3-FCV-73-81.
A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 on Panel 3-9-21.
B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.
C. CHECK following on Panel 3-9-11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:
: 1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-24A.
: 2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A.
D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550).
BOP      Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO      Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver    If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.


Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH  Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):
3-22 Rev 0 Page 18 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak SRO     If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated P
-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3
SRO     If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO     EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7         Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM
* Be operated by EOIs OR
-UP VALVE, 3-FCV-73-81. A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3
* Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP     Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering SRO     EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
-TI-69-29 on Panel 3 21. B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.
* Be operated by EOIs OR
C. CHECK following on Panel 3 11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:
* Suppress a Fire SRO     Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.
: 1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3
-RI-90-24A. 2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A. D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550). BOP Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.
3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 18 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO P Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7 Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
Be operated by EOIs OR Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering     SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
Be operated by EOIs OR Suppress a Fire SRO Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 19 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 19 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO P 3-EOI Appendix 8F
Event 5:       HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO 3-EOI Appendix 8F P
: 1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.  
: 1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.
: 2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: 2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF. b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).  
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).
-HS-6 4-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
* 3-FCO-64-5, REFUEL ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-5, REFUEL ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
Line 844: Line 710:
* 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
* 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
: 3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: 3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.  
: a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).  
: b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3
: c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
: d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
* 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
Line 854: Line 719:
* 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
* 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.
* 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.
Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip
Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 20 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 20 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B   Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip
Event 5:     HPCI Steam Leak SRO       EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO       Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 21 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 21 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 6: RFPT C Trip   ATC Report RFPT C Trip SRO Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater
Event 6:       RFPT C Trip ATC       Report RFPT C Trip SRO       Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC       Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater
  [10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.
[10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.
  [14] IF unit remains on
[14] IF unit remains on-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33 (normal range).
-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33" (normal range).
SRO       Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC       Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP       Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO       Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.
SRO Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.
Driver Driver   4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC       Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC       Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver   If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks
Driver Driver 4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks  


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 22 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 22 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.   [7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8. Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO Directs Reactor Scram ATC Manually scrams Reactor ATC Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5% SRO Enters EOI
Event 7:       Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew     Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO       Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO       [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.
-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%
[7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8.
Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2 SRO Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver When Notified to perform appendix 1 A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active
Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP       Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO       Directs Reactor Scram ATC       Manually scrams Reactor ATC       Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC       Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5%
. If requested to open/close 3
SRO       Enters EOI-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%
-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.
Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC       Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2   SRO       Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC       Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver   When Notified to perform appendix 1A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active. If requested to open/close 3-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.
Driver Driver When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active
Driver Driver   When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 23 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 23 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS     ATC Appendix 1D to manually insert rods
Event 7:       ATWS ATC     Appendix 1D to manually insert rods
: 1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.  
: 1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.
: 2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE   3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
: 2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE 3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
: 3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.  
: 3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
: 4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.  
: 4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.
: 5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
: 5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
: a. SELECT control rod.  
: a. SELECT control rod.
: b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.
: b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.
CT#2 ATC Inserts Control Rods SRO Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue
CT#2 ATC     Inserts Control Rods SRO     Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 24 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 24 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS     SRO EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs   BOP Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations SRO Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1 SRO Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1 BOP/AT C Inhibits ADS SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
Event 7:       ATWS SRO       EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs BOP       Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO       EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P
RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)
SRO       Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1   SRO       Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1   BOP/AT Inhibits ADS C
ATC/BO P Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%
SRO       Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks
Driver Driver If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP Complete Appendix 8A  
* MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
: 3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3): 3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4 SRO Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
* RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)
ATC/BO Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E P
Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%
Driver Driver   If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP   Complete Appendix 8A
: 3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3):
3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4   SRO       Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 25 of 52     XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 25 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: ATWS 3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 26 of 52  CS#4 BOP/AT C Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4
Event 7:     ATWS
: 1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:  a. HPCI 1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push
-button. 
: 2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button. c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.


Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.       BOP/AT C d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 26 of 52 CS#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP. OR
: 1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: a. HPCI
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS. AND 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
: 1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
: 2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS            18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
: c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.
Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.
: d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP.
BOP/AT OR C
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.
AND
: 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
: e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP. OR
* Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP.
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig, 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS. AND 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
OR
* BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
: 1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.
AND
: 2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 27 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 27 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: EOI-3   CT#4 BOP/AT C Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4
Event 7:       EOI-3 CT#4   BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C
: f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
: f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
: 2) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3 5:
: 2) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3-9-5:
* Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3
* Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO, OR
-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO,   OR
* Using individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL, OR
* Using individual 3
* Using individual 3-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.
-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL,   OR
* Using individual 3
-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C)
SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.  
: 2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
: 2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
* 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-F CV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-FCV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
* 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START
* 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL.
-UP LEVEL CONTROL.  
: 3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
: 3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
* 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
* 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
* 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
* 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
* 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.
* 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.
CT#4 SRO When RPV Water Level Drops Below  
CT#4   SRO       When RPV Water Level Drops Below -50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of -50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO   Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel P
-50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of  
Driver Driver     When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset
-50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO P Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel Driver Driver When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset  


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 28 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 28 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection 3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 29 of 52   Crew Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A
Event 8:     Loss of High Pressure Injection
 
3-22 Rev 0 Page 29 of 52 Crew   Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO   Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC   Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A
: 2. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
: 2. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
: 2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
: 2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
* Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished, SLC SQUIB VALVE CONTINUITY LOST Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 20).
* Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished,
3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
* SLC SQUIB VALVE CONTINUITY LOST Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 20).
System flow, as indicated by 3
* 3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3-9-5,   SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).
* System flow, as indicated by 3-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3-9-5,
SRO Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO P Verifies RWCU isolated SRO If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above  
* SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).
-180 inches Then Continue at Step C5
SRO   Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO Verifies RWCU isolated P
-19 CT#5 Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3 Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
SRO   If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Then Continue at Step C5-19 CT#5       Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3       Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)
CT#3 BOP/AT C Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented SRO Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5 Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO P Opens 6 ADS Valves SRO Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened
CT#3 BOP/AT Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented C
SRO   Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5       Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO Opens 6 ADS Valves P
SRO   Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 30 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 30 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above  
Event 8:     Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO     When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above -180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band P
-180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO P Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band SRO Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above  
SRO     Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5-12 Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band
-180 inches   Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5-12   Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 31 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 31 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   SRO Enters EOI
Event 8:       EOI-2 SRO     Enters EOI-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO     Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO     EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue   Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)
SRO     Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)
SRO Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between  
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches
-1 inch and  
 
-6 inches (Appendix 18)
3-22 Rev 0 Page 32 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above  
Event 8:     EOI-2 SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
-6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below  
-1 inches 3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 32 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)
Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)
SRO Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
SRO     Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO     EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP     Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.
SRO Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2
SRO     Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2-S
-S 3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 33 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
 
Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
3-22 Rev 0 Page 33 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.  
Event 8:     EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3 3 or Panel 3-9-54): 3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):
3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C   7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
Driver Driver   If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19,     OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20. 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54). c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55). d. PLACE keylock switch 3
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3 55). e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm. f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
: d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 34 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide: Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
3-22 Rev 0 Page 34 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.  
Event 8:     EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3 3 or Panel 3-9-54): 3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):
3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C   7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
Driver Driver   If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19,     OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20. 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3
: 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54). c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). d. PLACE keylock switch 3
: c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3 55). e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm. f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 35 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 35 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2   BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
Event 8:       EOI-2 BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3). b. PLACE keylock switch 3
: b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54). c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54). d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). e. PLACE keylock switch 3
: d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55). f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.  
: e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
: f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
Stable flow as indicated on controller,   AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished,   AND Release rates as determined below:
Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification
BOP       Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver   Acknowledge Notification


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 36 of 52 3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 37 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 36 of 52
Event 8: EOI-2   ATC/BO P Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C
 
3-22 Rev 0 Page 37 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8:         EOI-2 ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS. 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
: 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II)
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 38 of 52   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 38 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 8: EOI-2 ATC/BO P  f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.  
Event 8:     EOI-2
: g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE. h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.  
: f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.  
ATC/BO P        g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.
: j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.  
: h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).  
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
: m. THROTTLE the following in
: m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
Line 1,040: Line 925:
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.


3-22   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 39 of 52   XII I. Crew Critical Tasks:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 39 of 52 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:
: 15. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 15. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
: 16. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
: 16. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
* Inserts control rods, to prevent exceeding the primary containment design limits
* Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
: 17. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 17. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
: 18. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below  
: 18. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
-50" to establish a lower limit
: 19. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
: 19. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restore d and maintained above  
: 20. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
-180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches  
: 21. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.
-200" 20. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above  
-18021. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.   
 
3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 40 of 52    XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER    K/A      RO SRO 1 and 2  Reactor Startup
 
RO U-000-NO-03          201002A4.01  3.5 3.4  SRO S-000-NO-001        2.1.7  4.4  4.7 3  Uncoupled Control Rod
 
RO U-085-AB-02          201003A2.02 3.7  3.8            SRO S-085-AB-02    4  Steam Seal Regulator Fail
 
RO U-001-AL-01  239001 K3.06  2.6 2.7                    5 HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06  295032EA2.03 3.8 4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6  RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16  259001A2.01 3.7 3.7  SRO S-003-AB-01 7  Loss of Condenser Vacu um RO U-047-AB-03  295002AA1.06 3.0 3.1  SRO S-047-AB-03  295037EA2.02 4.1 4.2    SRO S-000-EM-18 3-22  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 41 of 52  XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:
HLT S-3-24    8  Total Malfunctions Inserted:
List (4-8)      3  Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4)      4  Abnormal Events:
List (1-3)      2  Major Transients:
List (1-2) 3  EOI's used:
List (1-3)      2  EOI Contingencies used:
List (0-3)      90  Run Time (minutes)
 
7  Crew Critical Tasks:
(2-5)
YES  Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET
 
Equipment Out of Service/LCO's:
IRM E is out of service and bypassed
__    _ 
 
Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:
Continue plant startup IAW 3
-GOI-100-1A section 5.4,  mode change from Mode 2 to Mode
: 1. Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power
 
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the  next two hours.


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   
3-22 Rev 0 Page 40 of 52 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT  TASK NUMBER                K/A              RO  SRO 1 and 2      Reactor Startup RO U-000-NO-03            201002A4.01      3.5  3.4 SRO S-000-NO-001           2.1.7            4.4  4.7 3      Uncoupled Control Rod RO U-085-AB-02            201003A2.02            3.7  3.8 SRO S-085-AB-02 4      Steam Seal Regulator Fail RO U-001-AL-01            239001      K3.06      2.6  2.7 5      HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06            295032EA2.03          3.8  4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6      RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16            259001A2.01      3.7  3.7 SRO S-003-AB-01 7      Loss of Condenser Vacuum RO U-047-AB-03            295002AA1.06      3.0  3.1 SRO S-047-AB-03            295037EA2.02      4.1 4.2 SRO S-000-EM-18


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1  Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.:
3-22 Rev 0 Page 41 of 52 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:         HLTS-3-24 8 Total Malfunctions Inserted:      List (4-8) 3  Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4  Abnormal Events:    List (1-3) 2  Major Transients:   List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 90 Run Time (minutes) 7  Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)
3-2 1 Op-Test No.: ILT 1006            Examiners:
YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
Operators:
SRO:    ATC:     BOP:    Initial Conditions:
Unit 3 is at 75% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B are ready to be returned to service. RFPT C is out of service and preparations are underway to return it to service. Unit 3 DG 'A' is out of service and clearanced out.
Turnover: Return Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B to service and then raise Reactor Power to 80% with Recirc and hold until RFPT C is returned to service.
Event No. Malf. No. Event Type* Event Description 1 N-BOP N-SRO Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B R-ATC R-SRO Raise Power with Recirc 3 pc12d C-SRO C-BOP Belt shear on operating Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan 4 th03a C-ATC TS-SRO RWCU Leak / No Auto Isolation / Failure of Inboard Valve 5 eg13a C-BOP C-SRO Bus Duct cooling fan trip/ start standby fan 6 th03a C-ATC R-ATC TS-SRO Recirc Pump A Trip w/ power oscillations 7 th33a M-ALL Main Steam Line Break in Drywell with MSIV isolation 8 trg-21/22 C-BOP C-SRO Failure of Drywell Spray Valves to close 9 rc08 C-ATC C-SRO Failure of RCIC to Auto Start
  *    (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,    (I)nstrument,    (C)omponent,    (M)ajor


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1   Critical Tasks 1 Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
Appendix D                             Scenario Outline                         Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:
IRM E is out of service and bypassed Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:
Continue plant startup IAW 3-GOI-100-1A section 5.4, mode change from Mode 2 to Mode 1.
Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the next two hours.


OR  Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280°F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                                    Form ES-D-1 Facility:        Browns Ferry NPP              Scenario No.:      3-21        Op-Test No.:      ILT 1006 SRO:
2 Maintains water level above TAF (-162")  3 Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell / suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.
Examiners:                                        Operators:      ATC:
4 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU.
BOP:
Initial        Unit 3 is at 75% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. Condensate Pump B and Conditions: Condensate Booster Pump B are ready to be returned to service. RFPT C is out of service and preparations are underway to return it to service. Unit 3 DG A is out of service and clearanced out.
Turnover:      Return Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B to service and then raise Reactor Power to 80% with Recirc and hold until RFPT C is returned to service.
Event                      Event No.      Malf. No.        Type*                                Event Description N-BOP 1                                Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B N-SRO R-ATC 2                                 Raise Power with Recirc R-SRO C-SRO 3         pc12d                  Belt shear on operating Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan C-BOP C-ATC 4          th03a                  RWCU Leak / No Auto Isolation / Failure of Inboard Valve TS-SRO C-BOP 5          eg13a                  Bus Duct cooling fan trip/ start standby fan C-SRO C-ATC 6          th03a        R-ATC    Recirc Pump A Trip w/ power oscillations TS-SRO 7          th33a        M-ALL    Main Steam Line Break in Drywell with MSIV isolation C-BOP 8      trg-21/22                Failure of Drywell Spray Valves to close C-SRO C-ATC 9          rc08                  Failure of RCIC to Auto Start C-SRO
*    (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,  (I)nstrument,  (C)omponent,      (M)ajor


3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 3 of 47    With the unit at 75% power the BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.
Appendix D                                  Scenario Outline                              Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks 1    Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver , belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI
OR Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280°F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored EOI
2    Maintains water level above TAF (-162")
-3 can be exited.
3     Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell / suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.
RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69
4    Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU.
-1 to isolate, the outboard valve 69
-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69
-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI
-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated, temperatures will decrease and EOI
-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69
-1.
Once the plant is stable
, Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto. The BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3
-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.
 
Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-6 8-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map
. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.


3-21 Rev 0 Page 3 of 47 With the unit at 75% power the BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored EOI-3 can be exited.
RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69-1 to isolate, the outboard valve 69-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated, temperatures will decrease and EOI-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69-1.
Once the plant is stable, Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto. The BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.
Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-68-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.
A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC, which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.
A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC, which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 4 of 47   VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
3-21 Rev 0 Page 4 of 47 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary
: 1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3
: 1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3-21 Batch NRC201021
-21 Batch NRC201021
#dg a out of service irf dg01a open imf dg01a ior zlo3hs2113ea9a[1] off
#dg a out of service irf dg01a open
 
imf dg01a ior zlo3hs2113ea9a[1] off
 
#reactor zone exhaust fan a belt shear 2 to 3 minutes prior to alarm imf pc12d (e1 0) ior xa553d[32] (e1 30) alarm_on trg 2 nrc2010rxzone trg 2 = mor xa553d[32] alarm_off
#reactor zone exhaust fan a belt shear 2 to 3 minutes prior to alarm imf pc12d (e1 0) ior xa553d[32] (e1 30) alarm_on trg 2 nrc2010rxzone trg 2 = mor xa553d[32] alarm_off
#rwcu leak imf cu04 (e5 0) 50 imf cu06 ior ypovfcv692 (e5 15) fail_now
#rwcu leak imf cu04 (e5 0) 50 imf cu06 ior ypovfcv692 (e5 15) fail_now
#reactor recirc pump a trip, power oscillations imf th03a (e10 0) imf cr02a (e10 30) 10 120 imf cr02b (e10 30) 10 120
#bus duct cooling fan failure imf eg13a (e15 0)


#reactor recirc pump a trip, power oscillations
3-21 Rev 0 Page 5 of 47
 
#msiv isolation, scram imf rc08 ior ypomtroilpmp (e20 0) fail_cn_pow imf th33a (e20 0) .8 15 imf th27e (e20 0) imf th27g (e20 40) ior zdihs7460a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7461a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7474a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7475a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7037a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7038a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7039a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7040a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7041a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7042a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7043a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7044a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7045a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7046a[4] (e25 0) start imf pc17a (e25 0) 5 Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan Trigger zdihs6411a(5) .eq. 1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-21 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup                         manual       Reset to IC 182 Simulator Setup                       Load Batch   Bat nrc201021 Simulator Setup                         manual       Clearance out DG A Simulator Setup                                     Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (75% - 80% w/Recirc flow) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-12 RCP for Urgent Load Reduction
imf th03a (e10 0) imf cr02a (e10 30) 10 120 imf cr02b (e10 30) 10 120
 
#bus duct cooling fan failure
 
imf eg13a (e15 0)
 
3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 5 of 47   #msiv isolation, scram imf rc08 ior ypomtroilpmp (e20 0) fail_cn_pow imf th33a (e20 0) .8 15 imf th27e (e20 0) imf th27g (e20 40) ior zdihs7460a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7461a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7474a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7475a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7037a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7038a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7039a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7040a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7041a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7042a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7043a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7044a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7045a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7046a[4] (e25 0) start imf pc17a (e25 0) 5 Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan Trigger zdihs6411a(5) .eq. 1
 
IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3
-21     DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 182 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201021 Simulator Setup manual Clearance out DG A Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded
 
RCP required (75% - 80% w/Recirc flow) - Provide marked up copy of 3
-GOI-100-12 RCP for Urgent Load Reduction
 
3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 6 of 47  X. Scenario Summary:
With the unit at 75% power the
, BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster pump B. Upon completion
, the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver , belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI
-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored, EOI
-3 can be exited.
 
RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69
-
1 to isolate; the outboard valve 69
-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI
-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated temperatures will decrease and EOI
-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69-1.
Once the plant is stable Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto, the BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3
-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.
 
Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-6 8-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map
. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.


3-21 Rev 0 Page 6 of 47 X. Scenario Summary:
With the unit at 75% power the, BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster pump B. Upon completion, the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.
When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored, EOI-3 can be exited.
RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69-1 to isolate; the outboard valve 69-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated temperatures will decrease and EOI-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69-1.
Once the plant is stable Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto, the BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.
Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-68-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.
A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and due to the steam leak, MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.
A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and due to the steam leak, MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 7 of 47   Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
3-21 Rev 0 Page 7 of 47 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.
 
All Control Rods are inserted Drywell has been sprayed Drywell Sprays have been terminated Reactor Level is being maintained
All Control Rods are inserted
 
Drywell has been sprayed
 
Drywell Sprays have been terminated
 
Reactor Level is being maintained


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 8 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 8 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1: Start of Condensate Pump B SRO Directs Start of Condensate Pump B BOP 5.3.1 Start a Condensate Pump as follows:
Event 1:       Start of Condensate Pump B SRO       Directs Start of Condensate Pump B BOP       5.3.1 Start a Condensate Pump as follows:
  [1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:
[1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:
* Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
* Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
* Sufficient number of Demineralizers in service to accommodate the raised flow.  
* Sufficient number of Demineralizers in service to accommodate the raised flow.
  [2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.  
[2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.
 
[3] CHECK Condensate Pump Motor 3B oil level.
[3] CHECK Condensate Pump Motor 3 B oil level.  
[4] START CONDENSATE PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-21A.
  [4] START CONDENSATE PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-21A.   [5] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A. Driver Driver Report Condensate Pump 3B oil level in middle of sight glass, no obstructions and personnel are standing clear for pump start.
[5] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A.
BOP Determines additional condensate demins are not needed Driver Driver If called for Demin status report all demins in service
Driver Driver   Report Condensate Pump 3B oil level in middle of sight glass, no obstructions and personnel are standing clear for pump start.
BOP       Determines additional condensate demins are not needed Driver Driver   If called for Demin status report all demins in service


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 9 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 9 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 1: Start of Condensate Booster Pump B SRO Directs Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP 5.3.2 Start a Condensate Booster Pump as follows:
Event 1:       Start of Condensate Booster Pump B SRO       Directs Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP       5.3.2 Start a Condensate Booster Pump as follows:
  [1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:
[1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:
* Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
* Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
* Three Demineralizers in service with their E valves full open, to accommodate system flow and to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening.
* Three Demineralizers in service with their E valves full open, to accommodate system flow and to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening.
* IF the Condensate Demin E Valves are pinned open, THEN EVALUATE if sufficient margin is available to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening. (Otherwise N/A)
* IF the Condensate Demin E Valves are pinned open, THEN EVALUATE if sufficient margin is available to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening.
[2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.
(Otherwise N/A)
    [4] IF starting Condensate Booster Pump 3B, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.
  [4.1] ENSURE adequate number of Condensate Pum ps in-service prior to starting Condensate Booster Pump.
[4] IF starting Condensate Booster Pump 3B, THEN PERFORM the following:
  [4.2] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B SUCTION VLV, 3-SHV-002-0554. [4.3] VERIFY oil tank level is greater than 3/4.
(Otherwise N/A)
[4.1] ENSURE adequate number of Condensate Pumps in-service prior to starting Condensate Booster Pump.
[4.2] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B SUCTION VLV, 3-SHV-002-0554.
[4.3] VERIFY oil tank level is greater than 3/4.
[4.4] At Junction Box 2069 TB El 557', START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B AUX OIL PUMP using 3-HS-002-0140.
[4.5] OPEN CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B.
[4.6] WHEN a steady stream of water is observed flowing from the vent, THEN CLOSE CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B.
[4.7] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B DISCH VLV, 3-SHV-002-0559.
[4.8] START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-62A.
Driver Driver    Report Condensate Booster Pump 3B Suction Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump 3B Discharge Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump B oil levels in middle of sight glass and oil tank level is 7/8, Aux oil pump started and venting is complete.


[4.4] At Junction Box 2069 TB El 557', START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B AUX OIL PUMP using 3
3-21 Rev 0 Page 10 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-HS-002-0140.  [4.5] OPEN CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B. 
Event 1:       Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP       [6] WHEN Condensate flow and pressure stabilizes, THEN RETURN the E valves for in-service Demineralizers to normal configuration for plant conditions.
[4.6] WHEN a steady stream of water is observed flowing from the vent, THEN CLOSE CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B.  [4.7] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B DISCH VLV, 3-SHV-002-0559. 
[7] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A.
[4.8] START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-62A. Driver Driver Report Condensate Booster Pump 3B Suction Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump 3B Discharge Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump B oil levels in middle of sight glass and oil tank level is 7/8, Aux oil pump started and venting is complete.
[8] VERIFY Condensate Booster Pump aux oil pumps shutdown, on the Condensate Booster Pumps which were started in Step 5.3.2[4.8].
3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 10 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[9] IF desired, THEN ALIGN Hydrogen Water Chemistry System to the Condensate System. REFER TO 3-OI-4, Hydrogen Water Chemistry System. (Otherwise N/A)
Event 1: Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP [6] WHEN Condensate flow and pressure stabilizes, THEN RETURN the E valves for in-service Demineralizers to normal configuration for plant conditions.
BOP       Determines additional Demins are not required Contacts AUO to place Hydrogen Water Chemistry System Driver Driver   Acknowledge notification for Hydrogen Water Chemistry
  [7] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A. [8] VERIFY Condensate Booster Pump aux oil pumps shutdown, on the Condensate Booster Pumps which were started in Step 5.3.2[4.8].
  [9] IF desired, THEN ALIGN Hydrogen Water Chemistry System to the Condensate System. REFER TO 3
-OI-4, Hydrogen Water Chemistry System. (Otherwise N/A)
BOP Determines additional Demins are not required Contacts AUO to place Hydrogen Water Chemistry System Driver Driver Acknowledge notification for Hydrogen Water Chemistry


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 11 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 11 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 2: Raise Power with Recirc flow SRO Notify ODS of power increase   Direct Power increase using Recirc Flow per 3
Event 2:     Raise Power with Recirc flow SRO       Notify ODS of power increase Direct Power increase using Recirc Flow per 3-GOI-100-12
-GOI-100-12 [19] IF desired to raise power with only two(2) Reactor feed pumps in service, THEN RAISE Reactor power, as desired, maintaining each Reactor Feedpump less than 5050 RPM.
[19] IF desired to raise power with only two(2) Reactor feed pumps in service, THEN RAISE Reactor power, as desired, maintaining each Reactor Feedpump less than 5050 RPM.
ATC Raises Power w/Recirc using 3
ATC       Raises Power w/Recirc using 3-GOI-100-12 and 3-OI-68, section 6.2
-GOI-100-12 and 3-OI-68, section 6.2
[1] IF NOT in single loop operation, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speeds 3A using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3-HS-96-15A(15B)
  [1] IF NOT in single loop operation, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speeds 3A using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3
AND/OR ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3B using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3-HS                 16A(16B)
-HS-96-15A(15B)                           AND/OR ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3B using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3
[2] WHEN desired to control Recirc Pumps 3A and/or 3B speed with the RECIRC MASTER CONTROL, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3A & 3B using the following push buttons as required:
-HS-96-16A(16B)   [2] WHEN desired to control Recirc Pumps 3A and/or 3B speed with the RECIRC MASTER CONTROL, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3A & 3B using the following push buttons as required:
RAISE SLOW, 3-HS-96-31 RAISE MEDIUM, 3-HS-96-32 NRC       When satisfied with Reactivity Manipulation; an additional reactivity manipulation will be required when the Reactor Recirc Pump trips Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for belt shear on Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan
RAISE SLOW, 3-HS-96-31 RAISE MEDIUM, 3-HS-96-32 NRC When satisfied with Reactivity Manipulation
; an additional reactivity manipulation will be required when the Reactor Recirc Pump trips Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for belt shear on Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 12 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 12 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP Respond to annunciator REACTOR ZONE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LOW A. IF the alarm is intermittent, THEN CHECK for high wind conditions (ex., >20 mph) on ICS.
Event 3:       Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP       Respond to annunciator REACTOR ZONE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LOW A. IF the alarm is intermittent, THEN CHECK for high wind conditions (ex., >20 mph) on ICS.
B. IF high wind conditions CANNOT be confirmed, THEN REQUEST personnel to check local Reactor Building differential pressure. C. IF alarm is due to high wind conditions, THEN EOI-3 entry is NOT required.  
B. IF high wind conditions CANNOT be confirmed, THEN REQUEST personnel to check local Reactor Building differential pressure.
 
C. IF alarm is due to high wind conditions, THEN EOI-3 entry is NOT required.
D. IF alarm is valid, THEN NOTIFY Unit Supervisor of 3
D. IF alarm is valid, THEN NOTIFY Unit Supervisor of 3-EOI-3 entry condition.
-EOI-3 entry condition.
E. REQUEST personnel to check fans locally for any apparent problems.
E. REQUEST personnel to check fans locally for any apparent problems.
F. REFER TO 3-OI-30B and PLACE standby fan in service to restore normal differential pressure.
F. REFER TO 3-OI-30B and PLACE standby fan in service to restore normal differential pressure.
BOP Determines high wind condition does not exist Proceeds to check conditions for Reactor Zone Ventilation on Panel 3 25 On Panel 3 25 determines that Reactor Zone Exhaust Flow indicates 0 SCFM Driver Driver When dispatched wait 2 minutes and report +4 inches on DP gauge, if asked to investigate fans 2 minutes later report belt shear on Exhaust Fan A SRO Direct placing standby train in service and Enter EOI
Determines high wind condition does not exist BOP      Proceeds to check conditions for Reactor Zone Ventilation on Panel 3-9-25 On Panel 3-9-25 determines that Reactor Zone Exhaust Flow indicates 0 SCFM Driver Driver   When dispatched wait 2 minutes and report +4 inches on DP gauge, if asked to investigate fans 2 minutes later report belt shear on Exhaust Fan A SRO       Direct placing standby train in service and Enter EOI-3 SRO       No actions in EOI-3 but entry condition of above -.17 inches of water exceeded BOP       6.1 Alternating Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans
-3 SRO No actions in EOI
[1] VERIFY the Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans are operating. REFER TO Section 5.1.
-3 but entry condition of above  
[2] REVIEW all Precautions and Limitations in Section 3.0
-.17 inches of water exceeded BOP 6.1 Alternating Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans
[3] IF Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans will NOT be operated in fast speed, THEN SHUT DOWN Steam Vault Exhaust Booster Fan. REFER TO Section 7.4. (N/A if Reactor Building Ventilation has been lost and it desired to run the booster fan to cool the steam tunnel).
  [1] VERIFY the Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans are operating. REFER TO Section 5.1.  
[2] REVIEW all Precautions and Limitations in Section 3.0
  [3] IF Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans will NOT be operated in fast speed, THEN SHUT DOWN Steam Vault Exhaust Booster Fan. REFER TO Section 7.4. (N/A if Reactor Building Ventilation has been lost and it desired to run the booster fan to cool the steam tunnel).


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 13 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 13 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP [4] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in OFF.   [5] VERIFY dampers close and fans stop as indicated by illuminated green lights above the following switches:
Event 3:       Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP       [4] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in OFF.
[5] VERIFY dampers close and fans stop as indicated by illuminated green lights above the following switches:
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-14
-HS-64-14
* REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-42
* REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3
-HS-64-42
* REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-43
* REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-43
* REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3
* REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3-HS-64-11A
-HS-64-11A [6] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in SLOW B to start alternate fans.
[6] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in SLOW B to start alternate fans.
Driver Driver After fan swap  
Driver Driver   After fan swap -3 inches on DP gauge
-3 inches on DP gauge
[7] VERIFY dampers open and fans start as indicated by illuminated red lights above the following switches:
  [7] VERIFY dampers open and fans start as indicated by illuminated red lights above the following switches:
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3
* REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-14
-HS-64-14
* REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-42
* REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3
* REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-43
-HS-64-42
* REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3-HS-64-11A
* REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3
[8] IF fast speed Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fan operation is required, five minutes should be allowed after slow start for the discharge dampers to FULLY OPEN, THEN
-HS-64-4 3
[8.1] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in FAST B.
* REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3
[8.2] VERIFY that the two green lights B remain extinguished and the two red lights B remain illuminated above REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A.
-HS-64-11A   [8] IF fast speed Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fan operation is required, five minutes should be allowed after slow start for the discharge dampers to FULLY OPEN, THEN [8.1] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in FAST B. [8.2] VERIFY that the two green lights B remain extinguished and the two red lights B remain illuminated above REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3
-HS-64-11A.  
[9] VERIFY the following conditions:
[9] VERIFY the following conditions:
  [9.1] VERIFY REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3
[9.1] VERIFY REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3-PDIC-064-0002, on 3-LPNL-925-0213, located at R17-P El 639', indicates between -0.25 inches and -0.40 inches H2O.
-PDIC-064-0002, on 3
[9.2] IF REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3-PDIC-64-2, is NOT between -0.25 inches and -0.40 inches H2O, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.
-LPNL-925-0213, located at R17
-P El 639', indicates between  
-0.25 inches and -0.40 inches H2O.  
[9.2] IF REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3-PDIC-64-2, is NOT between -0.25 inches and
-0.40 inches H2O, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.
3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 14 of 47  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 3:  Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A SRO May enter 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure. BOP 4.2 Subsequent Actions
  [1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER the appropriate EOI(s). (Otherwise N/A)
  [2] IF building pressure is observed to be outside the normal limits of -0.25 to -0.40 inch H2 O. AND The ventilation systems have not ISOLATED, THEN PERFORM the following at Panel 3-9-25: (Otherwise N/A)
  [2.1] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone exhaust flow path dampers 3-FC O-64-9, -10, -43, and -42 open.  [2.2] CHECK Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.
  [2.3] CHECK Refuel Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.


[2.4] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone supply flow path dampers 3-FCO-64-5, -13, -6, and -14 open. [2.5] CHECK Reactor Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.
3-21 Rev 0 Page 14 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
  [2.6] CHECK Refuel Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.
Event 3:      Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A SRO      May enter 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.
    [3] IF a reactor zone ventilation fan is not running OR a damper is CLOSED, THEN START the alternate Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3
BOP      4.2 Subsequent Actions
-HS-64-11A, to Slow A (Slow B) position.
[1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER the appropriate EOI(s).
(Otherwise N/A)  
(Otherwise N/A)
    [4] IF a refuel zone ventilation fan is not running or a damper is closed, THEN START the alternate Refuel Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REFUELING ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3
[2] IF building pressure is observed to be outside the normal limits of -0.25 to -0.40 inch H2O.
-HS-64-3A, to Slow A (Slow B) position.
AND The ventilation systems have not ISOLATED, THEN PERFORM the following at Panel 3-9-25: (Otherwise N/A)
(Otherwise N/A)     [5] VERIFY STEAM VAULT EXH BOOSTER FAN running, RB El 565 Top of TIP Room. REFER TO 3-OI-30B.     Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak 3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 15 of 47  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[2.1] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone exhaust flow path dampers 3-FCO-64-9, -
Event 3:  Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A
10, -43, and -42 open.
[2.2] CHECK Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.
[2.3] CHECK Refuel Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.
[2.4] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone supply flow path dampers 3-FCO-64-5, -
13, -6, and -14 open.
[2.5] CHECK Reactor Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.
[2.6] CHECK Refuel Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.
[3] IF a reactor zone ventilation fan is not running OR a damper is CLOSED, THEN START the alternate Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-11A, to Slow A (Slow B) position. (Otherwise N/A)
[4] IF a refuel zone ventilation fan is not running or a damper is closed, THEN START the alternate Refuel Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REFUELING ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-3A, to Slow A (Slow B) position.
(Otherwise N/A)
[5] VERIFY STEAM VAULT EXH BOOSTER FAN running, RB El 565 Top of TIP Room. REFER TO 3-OI-30B.
Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak


SRO [6] MONITOR and RECORD at 15-minute intervals MAIN STEAM LINE TUNNEL TEMP, 3-TIS-1-60A, on Panel 3 3.   [7] NOTIFY the Shift Manager if Main Steam Line temperature on 3-TIS-1-60A reaches 150°F and REFER TO 3-EOI-3. BOP [8] IF building pressure is more negative than  
3-21 Rev 0 Page 15 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-0.40 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation supply fan suction dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)   [9] IF building pressure is more positive than  
Event 3:      Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A
-0.25 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation exhaust fan discharge dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)     [10] CHECK locally all reactor and refuel supply and exhaust fans for normal operation:
[6] MONITOR and RECORD at 15-minute intervals MAIN STEAM LINE TUNNEL TEMP, 3-TIS-1-60A, on Panel 3-9-3.
SRO
[7] NOTIFY the Shift Manager if Main Steam Line temperature on 3-TIS-1-60A reaches 150°F and REFER TO 3-EOI-3.
BOP       [8] IF building pressure is more negative than -0.40 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation supply fan suction dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)
[9] IF building pressure is more positive than -0.25 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation exhaust fan discharge dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)
[10] CHECK locally all reactor and refuel supply and exhaust fans for normal operation:
A. Motors, drive belts, fans are working.
A. Motors, drive belts, fans are working.
B. Dampers in ventilation flow path are open.
B. Dampers in ventilation flow path are open.
C. Dampers in shutdown flow path are closed.  
C. Dampers in shutdown flow path are closed.
    [11] SHUT DOWN the malfunctioning ventilation equipment.
[11] SHUT DOWN the malfunctioning ventilation equipment. REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.
REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.  
[12] START the alternate ventilation equipment. REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.
    [12] START the alternate ventilation equipment. REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.  
[13] IF reactor building pressure CANNOT be maintained negative, THEN START Standby Gas Treatment. REFER TO 0-OI-65. (Otherwise N/A)
    [13] IF reactor building pressure CANNOT be maintained negative, THEN START Standby Gas Treatment. REFER TO 0-OI-65. (Otherwise N/A)     [14] WHEN the abnormal condition has been corrected, THEN PERFORM the following as applicable: (Otherwise N/A) [14.1] RESTORE the Refuel Zone Ventilation System to normal operation. REFER TO 3-OI-30A.   [14.2] RESTORE the Reactor Zone Ventilation System to normal operation. REFER TO 3-OI-30B.  
[14] WHEN the abnormal condition has been corrected, THEN PERFORM the following as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)
[14.1] RESTORE the Refuel Zone Ventilation System to normal operation. REFER TO 3-OI-30A.
[14.2] RESTORE the Reactor Zone Ventilation System to normal operation.
REFER TO 3-OI-30B.
[14.3] SHUT DOWN and RETURN the SGT System to standby readiness. REFER TO 0-OI-65, SGT System.
[14.3] SHUT DOWN and RETURN the SGT System to standby readiness. REFER TO 0-OI-65, SGT System.
Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak 3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 16 of 47  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak
Event 4: RWCU Leak    ATC Report alarm RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH A. IF this alarm is received in conjunction with RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH [3
-XA-55-5B, window 32] and RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL B TEMP HIGH [3
-XA-55-5B, window 33], THEN EXIT this procedure and GO TO 3-ARP-9-5B. ATC Report alarms RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH, RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH A. VERIFY alarm by checking:
: 1. ATUs on Panel 3 84 and 3-9-86. 2. RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH annunciator in alarm (3-XA-55-3D, Window 17).
: 3. Area temperature indications on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29, on Panel 3 21. 4. ARMs 3-RR-90-1, 3-CONS-90-50A on Panel 3 2 and 0-MON-90-361 on Panel 1-9-2. 5. ICS 'HPTURB' & 'RWCU' mimics for the 834 and 835 temperature loops.


B. IF a leak is suspected, THEN MANUALLY ISOLATE RWCU or if RWCU automatically isolates, REFER TO 3-AOI-64-2A. C. IF TIS-69-835B(D) indicates greater than 131°F, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3. D. REFER TO Tech. Spec. Table 3.3.6.1
3-21 Rev 0 Page 16 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-1. CT#4 ATC Reports RWCU Valve 69
Event 4:      RWCU Leak Report alarm RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH ATC      A. IF this alarm is received in conjunction with RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH [3-XA-55-5B, window 32] and RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL B TEMP HIGH [3-XA-55-5B, window 33], THEN EXIT this procedure and GO TO 3-ARP-9-5B.
-1 failed to isolate and 69
ATC      Report alarms RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH, RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH A. VERIFY alarm by checking:
-2 started to close but has lost indication Closes 69-1 to stop RWCU Leak C T#4 SRO Directs Penetration Isolated or concurs with the closure of 69
: 1. ATUs on Panel 3-9-84 and 3-9-86.
-1 SRO Enter EOI-3 and 3-AOI-64-2A BOP Dispatch Operator to 69
: 2. RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH annunciator in alarm (3-XA-55-3D, Window 17).
-2 Breaker Driver Driver RWCU 69-2 Valve Breaker 250 DC RMOV BD 3B tripped, breaker will not reset, working with RP to gain access to 69
: 3. Area temperature indications on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29, on Panel 3-9-21.
-2 Valve. Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 5 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip
: 4. ARMs 3-RR-90-1, 3-CONS-90-50A on Panel 3-9-2 and 0-MON-90-361 on Panel 1-9-2.
: 5. ICS HPTURB' & RWCU' mimics for the 834 and 835 temperature loops.
B. IF a leak is suspected, THEN MANUALLY ISOLATE RWCU or if RWCU automatically isolates, REFER TO 3-AOI-64-2A.
C. IF TIS-69-835B(D) indicates greater than 131°F, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3.
D. REFER TO Tech. Spec. Table 3.3.6.1-1.
CT#4   ATC       Reports RWCU Valve 69-1 failed to isolate and 69-2 started to close but has lost indication Closes 69-1 to stop RWCU Leak CT#4   SRO       Directs Penetration Isolated or concurs with the closure of 69-1 SRO       Enter EOI-3 and 3-AOI-64-2A BOP       Dispatch Operator to 69-2 Breaker Driver Driver   RWCU 69-2 Valve Breaker 250 DC RMOV BD 3B tripped, breaker will not reset, working with RP to gain access to 69-2 Valve.
Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 17 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 17 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 4: RWCU Leak   SRO Enters 3-AOI-64-2A ATC 4.1 Immediate Actions
Event 4:       RWCU Leak SRO       Enters 3-AOI-64-2A ATC       4.1 Immediate Actions
[1] VERIFY automatic actions occur.  
[1] VERIFY automatic actions occur.
  [2] PERFORM any automatic actions which failed to occur.
[2] PERFORM any automatic actions which failed to occur.
SRO BOP   
SRO       4.2 Subsequent Actions
 
[1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER appropriate EOI(s).
BOP 4.2 Subsequent Actions
BOP      [2] CHECK the following to confirm high area temperature condition exists:
[1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER appropriate EOI(s).  
* LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 (Panel 3-9-21)
  [2] CHECK the following to confirm high area temperature condition exists:
* ATUs in Auxiliary Instrument Room
* LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 (Panel 3 21)
[3] IF isolation is caused by high area temperature, THEN DETERMINE if a line break exists by:
* ATUs in Auxiliary Instrument Room  
* RWCU ARMs 3-RI-90-9A, 13A, and 14A
  [3] IF isolation is caused by high area temperature, THEN DETERMINE if a line break exists by:
* RWCU ARMs 3
-RI-90-9A, 13A, and 14A
* Visual Observation
* Visual Observation
* Rx Zone Exhaust Rad Monitors 3
* Rx Zone Exhaust Rad Monitors 3-RE-90-142A, 142B, 143A, and 143B BOP      [4] PERFORM necessary Heat Balance adjustments. REFER TO 3-OI-69.
-RE-90-142A, 142B, 143A, and 143B  
BOP       [5] CHECK the following monitors for a rise in activity:
  [4] PERFORM necessary Heat Balance adjustments. REFER TO 3-OI-69. BOP [5] CHECK the following monitors for a rise in activity:
* AREA RADIATION, 3-RR-90-1, Points 9, 13, and 14 (Panel 3-9-2)
* AREA RADIATION, 3
-RR-90-1, Points 9, 13, and 14 (Panel 3-9-2)
* AIR PARTICULATE MONITOR CONSOLE, 3-MON-90-50, 3-RM-90-55 and 57 (Panel 3-9-2)
* AIR PARTICULATE MONITOR CONSOLE, 3-MON-90-50, 3-RM-90-55 and 57 (Panel 3-9-2)
* RB, TB, and Refuel Zone Exhaust Rad on CHEMISTRY CAM, MONITOR CONTROLLER, 0
* RB, TB, and Refuel Zone Exhaust Rad on CHEMISTRY CAM, MONITOR CONTROLLER, 0-MON-90-361 (Panel 1-9-2)
-MON-90-361 (Panel 1-9-2) [6] IF it has been determined that leakage is the cause of the isolation, THEN NOTIFY RADCON of RWCU status.
[6] IF it has been determined that leakage is the cause of the isolation, THEN NOTIFY RADCON of RWCU status.
Driver Driver Acknowledge Notifications, when dispatched to ATUs report high temperatures in RWCU HX room and temperature lowering.
Driver Driver   Acknowledge Notifications, when dispatched to ATUs report high temperatures in RWCU HX room and temperature lowering.
TE-69-838A(838C)  
TE-69-838A(838C) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-839A(839C) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-838B(838D) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-839B(839D) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip
- RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-839A(839C)  
- RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-838B(838D)  
- RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-6 9-839B(839D)  
- RWCU Heat Exchanger Room Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 5 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 18 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 18 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 4: RWCU Leak   BOP [7] NOTIFY Chemistry that RWCU has been removed from service for the following evaluations:
Event 4:       RWCU Leak BOP       [7] NOTIFY Chemistry that RWCU has been removed from service for the following evaluations:
* The need to begin sampling Reactor Water
* The need to begin sampling Reactor Water
* The need to remove the Durability Monitor from service SRO [8] IF the isolation cannot be reset, THEN [9] EVALUATE Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry , for limiting conditions for operation.
* The need to remove the Durability Monitor from service SRO       [8] IF the isolation cannot be reset, THEN
Driver Driver Acknowledge Notifications SRO Evaluate Technical Specification 3.6.1.3 and TRM 3.4.1, 3.6.1.3 Condition A and B, 3.4.1 Notifies Chemistry that continuous monitoring is no longer available and to commence sampling per TRM Surveillance 3.4.1.1 SRO Enter EOI-3   Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Temperatures Operate available ventilation (Appendix 8F)
[9] EVALUATE Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry, for limiting conditions for operation.
Driver Driver   Acknowledge Notifications SRO       Evaluate Technical Specification 3.6.1.3 and TRM 3.4.1, 3.6.1.3 Condition A and B, 3.4.1 Notifies Chemistry that continuous monitoring is no longer available and to commence sampling per TRM Surveillance 3.4.1.1 SRO       Enter EOI-3 Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Temperatures Operate available ventilation (Appendix 8F)
Defeat Isolation Interlocks if necessary (Appendix 8E)
Defeat Isolation Interlocks if necessary (Appendix 8E)
BOP Verifies Reactor Zone Ventilation in service SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to Be operated by EOIs Suppress a Fire Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 5 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip
BOP       Verifies Reactor Zone Ventilation in service SRO       Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to
* Be operated by EOIs
* Suppress a Fire Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 19 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 19 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 4: RWCU Leak   SRO EOI-3   Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Water Level Above 66 inches Answers No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Radiation Levels Answers No to Is Any Area Radiation Level Above Max Normal Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 5 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip
Event 4:     RWCU Leak SRO       EOI-3 Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Water Level Above 66 inches Answers No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO       Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Radiation Levels Answers No to Is Any Area Radiation Level Above Max Normal Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 20 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 20 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 5: Bus Duct cooling Fan Trip BOP Responds to alarm "GEN BUS DUCT FAN FAILURE
Event 5:     Bus Duct cooling Fan Trip BOP       Responds to alarm GEN BUS DUCT FAN FAILURE A. VERIFY Main Bus Cooling Fans, 3-HS-262-1A or 1-HS-262-2A, indicates running on Panel 3-9-8 AND START GEN BUS DUCT HX FAN A(B) using 3-HS-262-1A(2A), on panel 3-9-8 to start the standby fan.
A. VERIFY Main Bus Cooling Fans, 3
B. IF no Fans are operating and the Generator is tied to the grid and loaded to greater than the self cooled bus rating of 16,500 amps THEN, IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.
-HS-262-1A or 1-HS-262-2A, indicates running on Panel 3 8 AND START GEN BUS DUCT HX FAN A(B) using 3
-HS-262-1A(2A), on panel 3-9-8 to start the standby fan.
B. IF no Fans are operating and the Generator is tied to the grid and loaded to greater than the self cooled bus rating of 16,500 amps THEN , IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.
C. IF while executing this procedure, the Bus Duct Temperature is at or above the Temperature Excursion limit of 120°C, THEN IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.
C. IF while executing this procedure, the Bus Duct Temperature is at or above the Temperature Excursion limit of 120°C, THEN IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.
D. DISPATCH personnel as necessary to check the following:
D. DISPATCH personnel as necessary to check the following:
: 1. Main Bus Cooling Fan on elevation 586' to check fan condition.  
: 1. Main Bus Cooling Fan on elevation 586 to check fan condition.
: 2. Monitor Bus Duct temperature by available means including using a portable temperature monitor device locally at the 14 in-service thermostats. REFER to Window 32, Figure 1.  
: 2. Monitor Bus Duct temperature by available means including using a portable temperature monitor device locally at the 14 in-service thermostats. REFER to Window 32, Figure 1.
: 3. 480V Unit Board 3A on elevation 586' to check breaker 5C closed. 4. 480V Unit Board 3B on elevation 604' to check breaker 5C closed. E. VERIFY the system is operating in accordance with 3
: 3. 480V Unit Board 3A on elevation 586 to check breaker 5C closed.
-OI-47. BOP Start Standby Bus Duct Cooling Fan B and dispatches personnel SRO Concurs with start or directs start of Bus Duct Cooling Fan B BOP Dispatch personnel to breaker and bus duct cooling fans Driver Driver Breaker for bus duct cooling fan A is trip ped, no abnormal indications apparent, if asked to reset breaker, breaker trips again, no problems noted at fans Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 0 for Reactor Recirc Pump Trip
: 4. 480V Unit Board 3B on elevation 604 to check breaker 5C closed.
E. VERIFY the system is operating in accordance with 3-OI-47.
BOP       Start Standby Bus Duct Cooling Fan B and dispatches personnel SRO       Concurs with start or directs start of Bus Duct Cooling Fan B BOP       Dispatch personnel to breaker and bus duct cooling fans Driver Driver   Breaker for bus duct cooling fan A is tripped, no abnormal indications apparent, if asked to reset breaker, breaker trips again, no problems noted at fans Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for Reactor Recirc Pump Trip


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 21 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 21 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 6: Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC Respond to numerous alarm and Report Trip of RR Pump A SRO Enter 3-AOI-68-1A Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable ATC [1] IF both Recirc Pumps are tripped in modes 1 or 2, THEN (Otherwise N/A), [1.1] SCRAM the Reactor.
Event 6:       Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC       Respond to numerous alarm and Report Trip of RR Pump A SRO       Enter 3-AOI-68-1A Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable ATC       [1] IF both Recirc Pumps are tripped in modes 1 or 2, THEN (Otherwise N/A),
[2] IF a single Recirc Pump tripped, THEN CLOSE tripped Recirc Pump discharge valve. Closes A Recirc Pump Discharge Valve ATC [3] IF Region I or II of the Power to Flow Map is entered, THEN IMMEDIATELY take actions to INSERT control rods to less than 95.2% loadline.
[1.1] SCRAM the Reactor.
Report in Region 2 of Power to Flow Map SRO Directs Load Line reduction to <95%
[2] IF a single Recirc Pump tripped, THEN CLOSE tripped Recirc Pump discharge valve.
ATC Insert Rods per Emergency shove sheets until <95% power, Inserts rods 14
Closes A Recirc Pump Discharge Valve ATC       [3] IF Region I or II of the Power to Flow Map is entered, THEN IMMEDIATELY take actions to INSERT control rods to less than 95.2% loadline.
-39, 46-39, 46-23, and 14
Report in Region 2 of Power to Flow Map SRO       Directs Load Line reduction to <95%
-23. Driver Driver When rod insertion begins delete power oscillations cr02a and cr02b SRO Directs RR Flow Increase  
ATC       Insert Rods per Emergency shove sheets until <95% power, Inserts rods 14-39, 46-39, 46-23, and 14-23.
[4] RAISE core flow to greater than 45%. [5] INSERT control rods to exit regions if not already exited. Refer to 0-TI-464 , Reactivity Control Plan Development and Implementation.
Driver Driver   When rod insertion begins delete power oscillations cr02a and cr02b SRO       Directs RR Flow Increase
  [6] MAINTAIN operating Recirc pump flow less than 46,600 gpm.
[4] RAISE core flow to greater than 45%.
ATC Raises RR Flow on B Pump to >45% but less than 46,600 Driver Driver As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation 3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 22 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
[5] INSERT control rods to exit regions if not already exited. Refer to 0-TI-464, Reactivity Control Plan Development and Implementation.
Event 6: Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC [7] WHEN plant conditions allow, THEN MAINTAIN operating jet pump loop flow greater than 41 x 106 lbm/hr (3-FI-68-46 or 3-FI-68-48).     [8] IF Recirc Pump was tripped due to dual seal failure, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
[6] MAINTAIN operating Recirc pump flow less than 46,600 gpm.
    [9] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to PERFORM the following:
ATC       Raises RR Flow on B Pump to >45% but less than 46,600 Driver Driver   As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation
 
3-21 Rev 0 Page 22 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 6:       Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC       [7] WHEN plant conditions allow, THEN MAINTAIN operating jet pump loop flow greater than 41 x 106 lbm/hr (3-FI-68-46 or 3-FI-68-48).
[8] IF Recirc Pump was tripped due to dual seal failure, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
[9] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to PERFORM the following:
* Tech Specs 3.4.1.
* Tech Specs 3.4.1.
* 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO), Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation.
* 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO), Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation.
* 0-TI-248, Core Flow Determination in Single Loop Operation SRO Evaluate Tech Spec for Single Loop Operation TS 3.4.1 Condition A
* 0-TI-248, Core Flow Determination in Single Loop Operation SRO       Evaluate Tech Spec for Single Loop Operation TS 3.4.1 Condition A
  [10] WHEN the Recirc Pump discharge valve has been closed for at least five minutes (to prevent reverse rotation of the pump), OPEN Recirc Pump discharge valve as necessary to maintain Recirc Loop in thermal equilibrium.
[10] WHEN the Recirc Pump discharge valve has been closed for at least five minutes (to prevent reverse rotation of the pump), OPEN Recirc Pump discharge valve as necessary to maintain Recirc Loop in thermal equilibrium.
ATC Opens Recirc Pump A discharge valve BOP [11] REFER TO the following ICS screens to help determine the cause of recirc pump trip/core flow lowering.
ATC       Opens Recirc Pump A discharge valve BOP       [11] REFER TO the following ICS screens to help determine the cause of recirc pump trip/core flow lowering. VFDPMPA(VFDPMPB), VFDAAL(VFDBAL)
VFDPMPA(VFDPMPB), VFDAAL(VFDBAL)
[12] CHECK parameters associated with Recirc Drive and Recirc Pump/Motor 3A(3B) on ICS and 3-TR-68-71 to determine cause of trip.
    [12] CHECK parameters associated with Recirc Drive and Recirc Pump/Motor 3A(3B) on ICS and 3
BOP       Dispatch personnel [13] PERFORM visual inspection of tripped Reactor Recirc Drive.
-TR-68-71 to determine cause of trip.
BOP       Dispatch personnel [14] PERFORM visual inspection of Reactor Recirc Pump Drive relay boards for relay targets.
BOP Dispatch personnel [13] PERFORM visual inspection of tripped Reactor Recirc Drive. BOP Dispatch personnel [14] PERFORM visual inspection of Reactor Recirc Pump Drive relay boards for relay targets.
Driver Driver   As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver   Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation
Driver Driver As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation 3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 23 of 47  XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC Reports alarm MAIN STEAM LINE CH A FLOW HIGH and rising Drywell Pressure and Temperature SRO Directs Reactor Scram and enters EOI
-1 on Drywell Pressure ATC Scrams the Reactor and places the Mode Switch in Shutdown Reports all Rods in and MSIVs isolated SRO EOI-1 Level  Directs PCIS Isolations Verified ATC/BO P Verifies PCIS isolations CT#2 SRO Directs a Level Band of +2 to 51 inches using RCIC or HPCI CT#2 ATC/BO P Starts RCIC or HPCI and maintains reactor level in prescribed band SRO EOI-1 Pressure SRO Directs a Pressure Band between 500 to 1000 psig on SRVs (expect 800 to 1000 psig)  ATC/BO P Maintain prescribed pressure band with SRVs


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 24 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:   Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO Enters EOI
3-21 Rev 0 Page 23 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
-2 on High Drywell Pressure EOI-2 Drywell Temperature Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160&deg;F using available DW Cooling SRO Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160&deg;F   Directs BOP to operate all available Drywell cooling BOP Verifies all Drywell Blowers operating on panel 9
Event 7:      Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC      Reports alarm MAIN STEAM LINE CH A FLOW HIGH and rising Drywell Pressure and Temperature SRO      Directs Reactor Scram and enters EOI-1 on Drywell Pressure ATC      Scrams the Reactor and places the Mode Switch in Shutdown Reports all Rods in and MSIVs isolated SRO      EOI-1 Level Directs PCIS Isolations Verified ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P
-25 SRO Stops at the STOP sign Before Drywell Temperature rises to 280&deg;F SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
CT#2 SRO      Directs a Level Band of +2 to 51 inches using RCIC or HPCI CT#2 ATC/BO Starts RCIC or HPCI and maintains reactor level in prescribed band P
SRO      EOI-1 Pressure SRO      Directs a Pressure Band between 500 to 1000 psig on SRVs (expect 800 to 1000 psig)
ATC/BO Maintain prescribed pressure band with SRVs P
 
3-21 Rev 0 Page 24 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO     Enters EOI-2 on High Drywell Pressure EOI-2 Drywell Temperature Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160&deg;F using available DW Cooling SRO     Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160&deg;F Directs BOP to operate all available Drywell cooling BOP     Verifies all Drywell Blowers operating on panel 9-25 SRO     Stops at the STOP sign Before Drywell Temperature rises to 280&deg;F SRO     EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig
Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 25 of 47     XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 25 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
Event 7:     Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.  
: 1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3 3 or Panel 3-9-54): 3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
: 2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):
3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.
Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C   7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
Driver Driver     If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19,     OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20. 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:
-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3
: 8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54). c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). d. PLACE keylock switch 3
: c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3 55). e. VERIFY 3-FI C-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm. f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
: e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 26 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 26 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP       Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3
: 9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
: a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3). b. PLACE keylock switch 3
: b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR
: c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54). c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54). d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3 55). e. PLACE keylock switch 3
: d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3 55). f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.  
: e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
: f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
: 12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:
Stable flow as indicated on controller,   AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished,   AND Release rates as determined below:
Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C
: i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 &#xb5;Ci/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 &#xb5;Ci/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.
BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification
BOP       Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver   Acknowledge Notification


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 27 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 27 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO EOI-2 Containment Pressure Goes through the stop sign for Before Containment Pressure rises to 12 psig SRO Directs Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C ATC/BO P Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO     EOI-2 Containment Pressure Goes through the stop sign for Before Containment Pressure rises to 12 psig SRO     Directs Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 28 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
 
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO P 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 28 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7:         Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO   5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
P
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
: b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II)
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.  
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.  
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.
: f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV. g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE. h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.  
: f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE. j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.  
: g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.
: h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
: i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).  
: l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
: m. THROTTLE the following in
: m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
Line 1,455: Line 1,276:
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 29 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 29 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO When Suppression Chamber Pressure exceeds 12 psig or the SRO determines that Drywell temperature may exceed 280&deg;F.
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO     When Suppression Chamber Pressure exceeds 12 psig or the SRO determines that Drywell temperature may exceed 280&deg;F.
SRO Verifies Suppression Pool Level below 18 feet, verifies DW Temp and DW Press are within the safe area of curve 5 Directs Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers Shutdown ATC Trips Reactor Recirc Pump BOP Secures Drywell Blowers CT#1 SRO Directs Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B and to terminate sprays at 1.0 psig CT#1 ATC/BO P Initiates Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B
SRO     Verifies Suppression Pool Level below 18 feet, verifies DW Temp and DW Press are within the safe area of curve 5 Directs Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers Shutdown ATC     Trips Reactor Recirc Pump BOP     Secures Drywell Blowers CT#1 SRO     Directs Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B and to terminate sprays at 1.0 psig CT#1 ATC/BO Initiates Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B P
: 1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7. 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Drywell irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS. 3. VERIFY Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers shutdown.
: 1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7.
: 2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Drywell irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
: 3. VERIFY Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers shutdown.
: 6. INITIATE Drywell Sprays as follows:
: 6. INITIATE Drywell Sprays as follows:
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: b. IF EITHER of the following exists:
: b. IF EITHER of the following exists:
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3
* Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II)
LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
: c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 30 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 30 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE. e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired System I(II) RHR pump(s) for Drywell Spray.
: d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired System I(II) RHR pump(s) for Drywell Spray.
: f. OPEN the following valves:
: f. OPEN the following valves:
3-FCV-74-60(74), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV 3-FCV-74-61(75), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY INBD VLV. g. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
3-FCV-74-60(74), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV 3-FCV-74-61(75), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY INBD VLV.
: g. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: h. IF Additional Drywell Spray flow is necessary, THEN PLACE the second System I(II) RHR Pump in service.
: h. IF Additional Drywell Spray flow is necessary, THEN PLACE the second System I(II) RHR Pump in service.
: i. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.  
: i. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
: j. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
: j. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
: k. THROTTLE the following in
: k. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-40, RHR HX 3C RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-40, RHR HX 3C RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV ATC/BO P Once Drywell Sprays are started reports Drywell Pressure lowering Driver Driver Once Drywell Sprays are started insert trigger 21 if division 1 is used and trigger 2 2 if division 2 is used. If attempts to terminate drywell sprays has not started at a dw pressure of .75 psig, lower malfunction th33a to .1 and initiate trigger 25.
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV ATC/BO Once Drywell Sprays are started reports Drywell Pressure lowering P
CT#3 SRO Direct Drywell sprays terminated at 1.0 psig CT#3 ATC/BO P Terminates Drywell Sprays Driver Driver Once Drywell sprays are Terminated change malfunction th 33a to .1
Driver Driver   Once Drywell Sprays are started insert trigger 21 if division 1 is used and trigger 22 if division 2 is used. If attempts to terminate drywell sprays has not started at a dw pressure of .75 psig, lower malfunction th33a to .1 and initiate trigger 25.
CT#3   SRO       Direct Drywell sprays terminated at 1.0 psig CT#3   ATC/BO Terminates Drywell Sprays P
Driver Driver   Once Drywell sprays are Terminated change malfunction th 33a to .1


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 31 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 31 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO P Terminate Drywell Sprays
Event 7:     Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO Terminate Drywell Sprays P
: 1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7. 7. WHEN EITHER of the following exists:
: 1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7.
* Before drywell pressure drops below 0 psig,   OR
: 7. WHEN EITHER of the following exists:
* Before drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, OR
* Directed by SRO to stop Drywell Sprays, THEN STOP Drywell Sprays as follows:
* Directed by SRO to stop Drywell Sprays, THEN STOP Drywell Sprays as follows:
: a. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
: a. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
* 3-FCV-74-100, RHR SYS I U
* 3-FCV-74-100, RHR SYS I U-2 DISCH XTIE
-2 DISCH XTIE
* 3-FCV-74-60(74), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV
* 3-FCV-74-60(74), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV
* 3-FCV-74-61(75), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY INBD VLV.
* 3-FCV-74-61(75), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY INBD VLV.
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE. c. IF RHR operation is desired in ANY other mode, THEN EXIT this EOI Appendix.
: b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: c. IF RHR operation is desired in ANY other mode, THEN EXIT this EOI Appendix.
: d. STOP RHR Pumps 3A and 3C (3B and 3D).
: d. STOP RHR Pumps 3A and 3C (3B and 3D).
ATC/BO P Report Drywell Sprays valves failed to close, tripping RHR Pumps SRO Concurs with trip of RHR Pumps ATC/BO P Remaining steps of securing sprays
ATC/BO Report Drywell Sprays valves failed to close, tripping RHR Pumps P
SRO     Concurs with trip of RHR Pumps ATC/BO   Remaining steps of securing sprays P
: f. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
: f. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
Line 1,503: Line 1,329:
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV
: g. STOP RHRSW pumps supplying ANY Unit 3 RHR Heat Exchanger.
: g. STOP RHRSW pumps supplying ANY Unit 3 RHR Heat Exchanger.
: h. VERIFY RHR system discharge header pressure above 45 psig on 3-PI-74-51(65), RHR SYS I(II) DISCH PRESS.  
: h. VERIFY RHR system discharge header pressure above 45 psig on 3-PI             51(65), RHR SYS I(II) DISCH PRESS.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 32 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 32 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature SRO Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95&deg;F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature SRO     Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95&deg;F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)
ATC/BO P Initiates Pool Cooling per Appendix 17A
ATC/BO   Initiates Pool Cooling per Appendix 17A P
: 1. IF Adequate core cooling is assured,   OR Directed to cool the Suppression Pool irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS. 2. PLACE RHR SYSTEM I(II) in Suppression Pool Cooling as follows:
: 1. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to cool the Suppression Pool irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.  
: 2. PLACE RHR SYSTEM I(II) in Suppression Pool Cooling as follows:
: b. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).  
: a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
: c. THROTTLE the following in
: b. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
: c. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-34, RHR HX 3A RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-46, RHR HX 3B RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-40, RHR HX 3C RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-40, RHR HX 3C RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV
* 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV
: d. IF Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD in MANUAL OVERRIDE. e. IF LPCI INITIATION Signal exists, THEN MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II)
: d. IF Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT in SELECT.
: e. IF LPCI INITIATION Signal exists, THEN MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT in SELECT.
: f. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE. g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV. h. VERIFY desired RHR pump(s) for Suppression Pool Cooling are operating.  
: f. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
: g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
: h. VERIFY desired RHR pump(s) for Suppression Pool Cooling are operating.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 33 of 47   XI I. Simulator Event Guide:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 33 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:
Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO P i. THROTTLE 3-FCV-74-59(73), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR POOL CLG/TEST VLV, to maintain EITHER of the following as indicated on 3-FI-74-50(64), RHR SYS I(II) FLOW:
Event 7:       Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO   i. THROTTLE 3-FCV-74-59(73), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR POOL CLG/TEST VLV, to maintain EITHER of the following as indicated on 3-FI-74-50(64), RHR SYS I(II)
* Between 7000 and 10000 gpm for one
P FLOW:
-pump operation.
* Between 7000 and 10000 gpm for one-pump operation.
OR
OR
* At or below 13000 gpm for two
* At or below 13000 gpm for two-pump operation.
-pump operation.
: j. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
: j. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE. k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 1. SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between  
: k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 1.
-1 inch and  
SRO     EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)
-6 inches (Appendix 18)
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches SRO     EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP     Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above  
-6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below  
-1 inches       SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.
: 2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 34 of 47   XII I. Crew Critical Tasks:
3-21 Rev 0 Page 34 of 47 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:
1 Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
1 Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
OR Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280&deg;F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
2  Maintains water level above TAF (-162")
3  Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell /
suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.
4  Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU


OR   Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280&deg;F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.
3-21 Rev 0 Page 35 of 47 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER                K/A              RO   SRO 1    Start Condensate Pumps RO U-002-NO-03            256000A4.01      3.3  3.3 2     Raise Power with Recirc Flow RO U-000-NO-06            202002      A4.07      3.3  3.3 SRO S-000-AD-31 3    Reactor Building Exhaust Fan Failure RO U-30B-AB-01            295035EA1.01          3.6  3.6 SRO S-30B-AB-01 4    RWCU Leak RO U-069-AL-09            295032EA1.05          3.7  3.9 SRO S-000-EM-12 5    Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip RO U-047-AL-13            700000AA2.10      3.6  3.8 SRO S-000-AD-89 6    Recirc Pump Trip RO U-068-AB-01            295001AA2.01      3.5 3.8 SRO S-068-AB-01 7    Main Steam Line Leak in Drywell RO U-000-EM-05            295024EA1.11      4.4.2 SRO S-000-EM-05
2 Maintains water level above TAF (-162") 3 Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell / suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.
4 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU


3-21   Rev 0                                                                                                           Page 35 of 47    XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER K/A      RO SRO 1  Start Condensate Pumps
3-21 Rev 0 Page 36 of 47 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:         HLTS-3-21 7 Total Malfunctions Inserted:     List (4-8) 2 Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4 Abnormal Events:     List (1-3) 1 Major Transients:   List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) 0 EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 60 Run Time (minutes) 4 Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)
 
YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
RO U-002-NO-03  256000A4.01 3.3 3.3 2  Raise Power with Recirc Flow
 
RO U-000-NO-06  202002 A4.07  3.3 3.3  SRO S-000-AD-31 3  Reactor Building Exhaust Fan Failure
 
RO U-30B-AB-01  295035EA1.01 3.6 3.6        SRO S-30B-AB-01    4 RWCU Leak  RO U-069-AL-09  295032EA1.05 3.7 3.9 SRO S-000-EM-12  5 Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip RO U-047-AL-13  700000AA2.10 3.6 3.8 SRO S-000-AD-89 6  Recirc Pump Trip
 
RO U-068-AB-01  295001AA2.01 3.5 3.8  SRO S-068-AB-01 7  Main Steam Line Leak in Drywell
 
RO U-000-EM-05  295024EA1.11 4.2 4.2  SRO S-000-EM-05 3-21  Rev 0                                                                                                          Page 36 of 47   XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER:
HLT S-3-21   7   Total Malfunctions Inserted:
List (4-8)       2   Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry:
List (1-4)       4   Abnormal Events:
List (1-3)       1   Major Transients:
List (1-2) 3 EOI's used:
List (1-3)       0   EOI Contingencies used:
List (0-3)       60   Run Time (minutes)
 
4   Crew Critical Tasks:
(2-5)
YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)
Scenario Narrative SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET
 
Equipment Out of Service/LCO's:
RFPT C is out of service, preparations are being made to return RFPT C to service. Individuals are at just in time training for the return of RFPT C. Diesel Generator A is out of service and clearanced out, expected back tomorrow. Technical Specifications and Appendix R is addressed.
__    _ 
 
Operations/Maintenance for the Shift
:  Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Then raise power to 80% with  flow IAW 3-GOI-100-12 section 5.0 step 19 and the Reactivity Control Plan hold for RFPT C,  Unit 3 is currently at 75% power.
Units 1 and 2 are at 100% power.


Scenario Narrative SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:
RFPT C is out of service, preparations are being made to return RFPT C to service.
Individuals are at just in time training for the return of RFPT C. Diesel Generator A is out of service and clearanced out, expected back tomorrow. Technical Specifications and Appendix R is addressed.                                                                                  __
Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:
Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Then raise power to 80%
with flow IAW 3-GOI-100-12 section 5.0 step 19 and the Reactivity Control Plan hold for RFPT C,
Unit 3 is currently at 75% power. Units 1 and 2 are at 100% power.
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:
None Scenario Narrative
None
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
Scenario Narrative
 
===3.4 REACTOR===
COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS)
 
====3.4.1 Recirculation====
Loops Operating LCO  3.4.1 Two recirculation loops with matched flows shall be in operation.


Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.1 Recirculation Loops Operating LCO 3.4.1            Two recirculation loops with matched flows shall be in operation.
OR One recirculation loop may be in operation provided the following limits are applied when the associated LCO is applicable:
OR One recirculation loop may be in operation provided the following limits are applied when the associated LCO is applicable:
: a. LCO 3.2.1, "AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (APLHGR)," single loop operation limits specified in the COLR; b. LCO 3.2.2, "MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR)," single loop operation limits specified in the COLR;
: a. LCO 3.2.1, AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (APLHGR), single loop operation limits specified in the COLR;
: c. LCO 3.3.1.1, "Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation,"
: b. LCO 3.2.2, MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR), single loop operation limits specified in the COLR;
Function 2.b (Average Power Range Monitors Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power  
: c. LCO 3.3.1.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation, Function 2.b (Average Power Range Monitors Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - High), Allowable Value of Table 3.3.1.1-1 is reset for single loop operation; APPLICABILITY:       MODES 1 and 2.
- High), Allowable Value of Table 3.3.1.1-1 is reset for single loop operation; APPLICABILITY:
CONDITION                       REQUIRED ACTION               COMPLETION TIME A. Requirements of the LCO       A.1     Satisfy the requirements   24 hours not met.                              of the LCO.
MODES 1 and 2. CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Requirements of the LCO not met. A.1 Satisfy the requirements of the LCO. 24 hours B. Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.  
B. Required Action and           B.1    Be in MODE 3.              12 hours associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.
 
OR No recirculation loops in operation.
OR No recirculation loops in operation.
B.1 Be in MODE
: 3. 12 hours Scenario Narrative
Scenario Narrative


Scenario Narrative}}
Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative}}

Latest revision as of 19:57, 11 March 2020

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Simulator Scenarios
ML102520123
Person / Time
Site: Browns Ferry  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 08/16/2010
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Tennessee Valley Authority
References
50-259/10-301, 50-260/10-301, 50-296/10-301 50-259/10-301, 50-260/10-301, 50-296/10-301
Download: ML102520123 (166)


Text

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.: 3-24 Op-Test No.: ILT 1006 SRO:

Examiners: Operators: ATC:

BOP:

Initial Unit 3 is at 5 to 6% power with IRM E out of service. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power.

Conditions: Unit startup is in progress per 3-GOI-100-1A. At step 67 to raise reactor power with rods to 8%. Continue unit startup to Mode 1.

Turnover: A Severe Thunder Storm Warning has been issued for Limestone County for the next 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Event Event No. Malf. No. Type* Event Description N-BOP 1 Perform step 71 of 3-GOI-100-1A and other steps as directed N-SRO R-ATC 2 Raise power with rods to 8%

R-SRO TS-SRO 3 rd05 Uncoupled Control Rod C-ATC C-BOP 4 ms01 Steam Seal Regulator failure C-SRO TS-SRO 5 hp08 HPCI Steam leak w/ auto isolation failure C-BOP C-ATC 6 rfpt c RFPT C trips C-SRO 7 vacuum loss M-All Loss of vacuum causes a loss of feedwater and pressure control 8 loca M-All Loss of High pressure injection with a LOCA, ATWS, and TAF

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks

1. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
2. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
  • Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
3. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
4. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
5. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restore and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
6. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
7. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 3 of 52 With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8% and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.

The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.

The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.

HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature. With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.

After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.

Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum. The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 4 of 52 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary

1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3-24 Batch NRC201024
  1. steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
  1. uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
  1. rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
  1. hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
  1. loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
  1. rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin

3-24 Rev 0 Page 5 of 52 Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in mrf rp05d (none 150) in mrf rp05f (none 180) in mrf rp05h (none 210) in RCIC Start Trigger zdihs718a[2].ne.1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-24 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201024 Simulator Setup manual Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (Start up) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-1A

3-24 Rev 0 Page 6 of 52 X. Scenario Summary:

With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8%

and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.

The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.

The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.

HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature.

With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.

After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.

Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum.

The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 7 of 52 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.

Control Rod insertion in progress Emergency Depressurization Reactor Water Level restored after ED

3-24 Rev 0 Page 8 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps

[67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))

Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC 3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal 6.6.1 Initial Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods

[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:

  • CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in ON.

6.6.2 Actions Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal

[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:

  • Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.

[5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:

  • STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFORM Step 6.6.2[6].

[6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisors discretion to REINITIALIZE the RBM:

[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.

[6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in the ON position.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 9 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal

[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.

[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:

  • CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
  • White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
  • Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED

[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.

[4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.

[5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:

[6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.

[6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 10 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal

[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.

[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:

  • CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
  • White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
  • Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED

[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.

[4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.

[5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than 48, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)

[5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.

[5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 11 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)

[6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)

[6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.

[6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 12 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)

[7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):

[7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.

[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.

[7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.

[7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal

[1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:

[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in OFF.

[1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in ON.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 13 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps

[68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.

[69] VERIFY the following:

  • Hotwell Pressure is below -24" Hg.
  • CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3-9-7.

[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3-9-3.

[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):

  • PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  • PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.

[72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)

VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.

Initials Date Time SRO Directs BOP to perform step 71 BOP [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):

  • PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  • PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 14 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod ATC Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:

1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.
2. Background light extinguished.
3. Rod DRIFT light on.

B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2.

C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.

D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5-1.

Reports Control Rod 02-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC 3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions

[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.

SRO 4.2 Subsequent Actions

[1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.

[2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.

Driver Driver Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3-AOI-85-2

3-24 Rev 0 Page 15 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod SRO [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:

Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02-35 PERFORM the following:

ATC [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.

[3.2] RESET associated annunciators.

[3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.

[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.

[3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.

[3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.

[3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.

[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.

Report Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled Driver Driver When control rod 02-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO Makes notifications that Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled SRO Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC NRC At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure

3-24 Rev 0 Page 16 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3-PI-1-148, Panel 3-9-7.

B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3-9-7.

C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145.

D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).

E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3-9-6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3-9-7) normal.

BOP Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver 3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO Evaluate entry to 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.

SRO Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak

3-24 Rev 0 Page 17 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak BOP Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3-9-11. (Alarm on Panel 3-9-11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)

C. NOTIFY RADCON.

D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a VALID radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.

BOP Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):

HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 3-FCV-73-81.

A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 on Panel 3-9-21.

B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.

C. CHECK following on Panel 3-9-11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:

1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-24A.
2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A.

D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550).

BOP Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 18 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated P

SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7 Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:

  • Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
  • Suppress a Fire SRO Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 19 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO 3-EOI Appendix 8F P

1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.
2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).
c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
  • 3-FCO-64-5, REFUEL ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-6, REFUEL ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).
c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
  • 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-14, REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.

Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip

3-24 Rev 0 Page 20 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip

3-24 Rev 0 Page 21 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 6: RFPT C Trip ATC Report RFPT C Trip SRO Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater

[10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.

[14] IF unit remains on-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33 (normal range).

SRO Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.

Driver Driver 4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks

3-24 Rev 0 Page 22 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.

[7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8.

Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO Directs Reactor Scram ATC Manually scrams Reactor ATC Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5%

SRO Enters EOI-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%

Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2 SRO Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver When Notified to perform appendix 1A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active. If requested to open/close 3-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.

Driver Driver When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active

3-24 Rev 0 Page 23 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS ATC Appendix 1D to manually insert rods

1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.
2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE 3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.
5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
a. SELECT control rod.
b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.

CT#2 ATC Inserts Control Rods SRO Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue

3-24 Rev 0 Page 24 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS SRO EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs BOP Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P

SRO Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1 SRO Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1 BOP/AT Inhibits ADS C

SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks

  • MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
  • RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)

ATC/BO Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E P

Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%

Driver Driver If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP Complete Appendix 8A

3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3):

3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4 SRO Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)

3-24 Rev 0 Page 25 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS

3-24 Rev 0 Page 26 of 52 CS#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C

1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:
a. HPCI
1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS 18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.

Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.

d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
  • Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP.

BOP/AT OR C

  • BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.

AND

2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
  • Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP.

OR

  • BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.

AND

2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 27 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: EOI-3 CT#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C

f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
1) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3-9-5:
  • Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO, OR
  • Using individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL, OR
  • Using individual 3-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.
2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
  • 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-FCV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL.
3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
  • 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
  • 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
  • 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.

CT#4 SRO When RPV Water Level Drops Below -50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of -50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel P

Driver Driver When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset

3-24 Rev 0 Page 28 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection

3-24 Rev 0 Page 29 of 52 Crew Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A

1. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
  • Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
  • Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished,
  • 3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
  • System flow, as indicated by 3-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3-9-5,
  • SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).

SRO Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO Verifies RWCU isolated P

SRO If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Then Continue at Step C5-19 CT#5 Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3 Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)

CT#3 BOP/AT Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented C

SRO Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5 Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO Opens 6 ADS Valves P

SRO Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened

3-24 Rev 0 Page 30 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above -180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band P

SRO Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5-12 Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band

3-24 Rev 0 Page 31 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 SRO Enters EOI-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)

Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)

SRO Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)

Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches

3-24 Rev 0 Page 32 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)

Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)

SRO Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:

1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass

2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.

SRO Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2-S

3-24 Rev 0 Page 33 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):

3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.

NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:

3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.

Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C

7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:

Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.

8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 34 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):

3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.

NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:

3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.

Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C

7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:

Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.

8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 35 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:

Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:

i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.

ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.

iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.

BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification

3-24 Rev 0 Page 36 of 52

3-24 Rev 0 Page 37 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P

1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
  • LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
  • Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 38 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2

f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.

ATC/BO P g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.

h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:

3-24 Rev 0 Page 39 of 52 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:

8. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
9. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
  • Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
10. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
11. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
12. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
13. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
14. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.

3-24 Rev 0 Page 40 of 52 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER K/A RO SRO 1 and 2 Reactor Startup RO U-000-NO-03 201002A4.01 3.5 3.4 SRO S-000-NO-001 2.1.7 4.4 4.7 3 Uncoupled Control Rod RO U-085-AB-02 201003A2.02 3.7 3.8 SRO S-085-AB-02 4 Steam Seal Regulator Fail RO U-001-AL-01 239001 K3.06 2.6 2.7 5 HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06 295032EA2.03 3.8 4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6 RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16 259001A2.01 3.7 3.7 SRO S-003-AB-01 7 Loss of Condenser Vacuum RO U-047-AB-03 295002AA1.06 3.0 3.1 SRO S-047-AB-03 295037EA2.02 4.1 4.2 SRO S-000-EM-18

3-24 Rev 0 Page 41 of 52 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER: HLTS-3-24 8 Total Malfunctions Inserted: List (4-8) 3 Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4 Abnormal Events: List (1-3) 2 Major Transients: List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) 2 EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 90 Run Time (minutes) 7 Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)

YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)

1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:

IRM E is out of service and bypassed Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:

Continue plant startup IAW 3-GOI-100-1A section 5.4, mode change from Mode 2 to Mode 1.

Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:

Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the next two hours.

1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
1. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1
2. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.: 3-22 Op-Test No.: ILT 1006 SRO:

Examiners: Operators: ATC:

BOP:

Initial Unit 3 is at 93% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. RHR Pump A is out of service.

Conditions: RBCCW Pump A work is complete and ready to be returned to service. Spare RBCCW Pump is aligned to Unit 3.

Turnover: Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off and then raise Reactor Power to 100%.

Event Event No. Malf. No. Type* Event Description N-BOP 1 Rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off N-SRO R-ATC 2 Raise Power with Recirc R-SRO C-SRO 3 pc014 Suppression Pool leak on RHR A Loop, isolation available C-BOP C-BOP B Shutdown Board Supply Breaker trips DG B fails to start 4 ed16b TS-SRO C-ATC 5 sw02b RBCCW Pump B trips C-SRO C-ATC 6 rd04 Rod 30-47 drifts out TS-SRO 7 th23 M-ALL Fuel Failure: scram on increasing Radiation and close MSIVs 8 rc09 M-ALL RCIC Steam leak no isolation ED on High Radiation C-ATC 9 ad03c/f Two ADS SRVs will fail to open for emergency depressurization C-SRO

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
2. Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks 1 Emergency depressurization initiated within 5minutes with a primary system discharging into the secondary containment and area radiation/water/temperature levels exceed maximum safe operating levels in two or more areas.

2 Maintains RPV water level above TAF (-162")

3 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RHR Loop A

3-22 Rev 0 Page 3 of 52 With the unit at 93% power the BOP operator will rotate Raw Cooling Water Pumps C on and A off per 3-OI-24 section 6.1.1. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 100%.

When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, a suppression pool leak will develop on RHR A suction due to maintenance in the area. After field personnel are dispatched, field reports will indicate that the leak is isolable. The BOP operator will close RHR A Suppression Pool Suction Valve and the leak will stop. Depending on the timeliness of the crews actions EOI-2 may be entered on low Suppression Pool level. The SRO will evaluate EOI-2 entry conditions and Tech Specs.

Once the plant is stable Shutdown Board B supply breaker will trip and DG B will fail to auto start to energize the board. In addition, RBCCW Pump B will trip shortly after the DG failure.

The BOP operator will start DG B to restore Shutdown Board B safety related loads. The ATC will start RBCCW Pump A and restore RBCCW to a normal cooling lineup. The SRO will declare DG B Inoperable and refer to Tech Spec 3.8.1 for one DG out of service, condition B will be entered.

After the above transient Control Rod 30-47 will drift out. The ATC will select and insert Control Rod 30-47 per 3-AOI-85-6. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 and enter Condition A.

The rod drift and insertion will cause a fuel element defect. Plant radiation levels will begin to rise. The SRO will establish power reduction strategies and determine the point at which to scram the reactor. Shortly after the reactor is scrammed, a triple high radiation alarm on MSIVs will come in forcing the crew to isolate the MSIVs. The crew will transition level control to RCIC and pressure control to SRVs. A steam leak on RCIC will develop and with no isolation the crew will have to emergency depressurize due to secondary containment radiation levels.

HPCI can be used for level control but the automatic operation of the controller will fail, Two ADS SRVs will fail to open requiring two additional SRVs opened. The crew will maintain level above TAF and after ED restore level to a band of 2 to 51 inches.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 4 of 52 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary

1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3-24 Batch NRC201024
  1. steam seal failure imf ms01 (e1 0) imf mc04 (e1 0) 100
  1. uncoupled control rod imf rd05r0235
  1. rfpt c trip ior zdihs03176[1] (e10 0) trip
  1. hpci steam leak ior xa554c[10] alarm_off imf hp09 imf hp08 (e5 0) 10 120
  1. loss of vacuum imf mc02a (e30 0) imf mc02b (e30 0) imf mc02c (e30 0) imf rp07 (e30 0) imf rp14a (e30 0) imf rp14b (e30 0) ior zdihs661a[3] (e30 0) open ior zlohs661a[2] (e30 0) off imf hp04 ior zdihs7316a[2] auto ior zdihs719a[1] (e29 0) trip trg e29 nrc2010718open imf th22 (e30 30) 100 imf th21 (e30 150) 0.8 600 imf rc08
  1. rps fuses out and in trg 20 = bat nrc201024rpsout trg 21 = bat nrc201024rpsin

3-22 Rev 0 Page 5 of 52 Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 60) out mrf rp05c (none 120) out mrf rp05e (none 180) out mrf rp05g (none 240) out mrf rp05b (none 300) out mrf rp05d (none 360) out mrf rp05f (none 420) out mrf rp05h (none 480) out Batch NRC201024rpsout mrf rp05a (none 0) in mrf rp05c (none 30) in mrf rp05e (none 60) in mrf rp05g (none 90) in mrf rp05b (none 120) in mrf rp05d (none 150) in mrf rp05f (none 180) in mrf rp05h (none 210) in RCIC Start Trigger zdihs718a[2].ne.1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-24 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 183 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201024 Simulator Setup manual Bypass IRM E Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (Start up) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-1A

3-22 Rev 0 Page 6 of 52 X. Scenario Summary:

With the unit at 5 to 6% power, the ATC will continue power ascension with rods to 8%

and the BOP operator will perform actions in 3-GOI-100-1A as directed by the Unit Supervisor.

The first rod to 48 will fail the coupling check. When actions are taken to couple the rod per 3-AOI-85-2, the rod will couple and power ascension may continue. SRO should refer to Tech Spec 3.1.3 for uncoupled rod. Follow up question after scenario for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple. Tech Spec 3.1.3 Condition C.

The Steam Seal Regulator will fail causing a loss of sealing steam. Off gas flow will increase and vacuum will slowly degrade. The BOP operator can restore seal steam by taking manual control of the steam seal regulator bypass valve. Off gas flow will slowly return to normal and vacuum will quickly recover.

HPCI steam leak will develop and HPCI will fail to auto isolate. The BOP operator will isolate HPCI and stop the steam leak. EOI-3 will be entered on HPCI room temperature.

With HPCI Inoperable, the SRO will evaluate Tech Spec 3.5.1 and enter condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 Condition B. With HPCI Inoperable, mode change can not be made.

After failure of HPCI, RFPT C will trip. The ATC will take control of RFPT B and raise discharge pressure in order to restore level to the normal operating band or he will need to insert a manual reactor scram if unable to recover level. RFPT B is idling at 600 RPM at the start of the scenario; speed will need to be raised to about 3400 RPM for injection to the reactor.

Once the level is stable on RFPT B or if the reactor is scrammed, a lighting strike at the CCW Capacitor Banks will trip all running Circ Water Pumps and create a loss of condenser vacuum.

The vacuum loss will trip the RFPT and isolate bypass valves. The crew will attempt to scram the reactor but an electrical ATWS will exist and no rod motion will occur. Pressure control will be on SRVs and rods can be inserted manually per appendix 1D. When RCIC is started it will trip and will be unavailable. Level will lower to TAF, the SRO will determine that Reactor Level can not be restored and maintained above -180 inches. Once this determination is made the crew will transition to ED. Injection sources will be terminated and prevented and 6 ADS valves will be opened. Once Reactor Pressure lowers to the MARFP pressure of 190 psig, injection can commence with low pressure systems to restore Reactor level to the prescribed level band.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 7 of 52 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.

Control Rod insertion in progress Emergency Depressurization Reactor Water Level restored after ED

3-22 Rev 0 Page 8 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps

[67] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately 8%. (REFER TO 3-OI-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A))

Directs ATC to continue power ascension with rods ATC 3-OI-85 6.6 Control Rod Withdrawal 6.6.1 Initial Conditions Prior to Withdrawing Control Rods

[2] VERIFY the following prior to control rod movement:

  • CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in ON.

6.6.2 Actions Required During and Following Control Rod Withdrawal

[4] OBSERVE the following during control rod repositioning:

  • Control rod reed switch position indicators (four rod display) agree with the indication on the Full Core Display.

[5] ATTEMPT to minimize automatic RBM Rod Block as follows:

  • STOP Control Rod withdrawal (if possible) prior to reaching any RBM Rod Block using the RBM displays on Panel 3-9-5 and PERFORM Step 6.6.2[6].

[6] IF Control Rod movement was stopped to keep from exceeding a RBM setpoint or was caused by a RBM Rod Block, THEN PERFORM the following at the Unit Supervisors discretion to REINITIALIZE the RBM:

[6.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46 in the OFF position to deselect the Control Rod.

[6.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in the ON position.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 9 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.3 Control Rod Notch Withdrawal

[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.

[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:

  • CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
  • White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
  • Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED

[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.

[4] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.

[5] OBSERVE the control rod settles into the desired position and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6] IF control rod is notch withdrawn to rod notch Position 48, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows:

[6.1] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH, and RELEASE.

[6.2] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[6.3] CHECK the control rod settles into Position 48 and the ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6.4] IF Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 10 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal

[1] SELECT the desired control rod by depressing the appropriate CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton, 3-XS-85-40.

[2] OBSERVE the following for the selected control rod:

  • CRD ROD SELECT pushbutton is brightly ILLUMINATED
  • White light on the Full Core Display ILLUMINATED
  • Rod Out Permit light ILLUMINATED

[3] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer is operable and LATCHED into the correct ROD GROUP when the Rod Worth Minimizer is enforcing.

[4] VERIFY Control Rod is being withdrawn to a position greater than three notches.

[5] IF withdrawing the control rod to a position other than 48, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)

[5.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[5.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[5.3] WHEN control rod reaches two notches prior to the intended notch, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[5.4] IF control rod settles at notch before intended notch, THEN PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.

[5.5] WHEN control rod settles into the intended notch, THEN CHECK the following.

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[5.6] CHECK the control rod settles at intended position and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 11 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)

[6] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and performing the control rod coupling integrity check in conjunction with withdrawal, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)

[6.1] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[6.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[6.3] MAINTAIN the CRD Notch Override Switch in the Override position and the CRD Control Switch in the Rod Out Notch position with the control rod at position 48.

[6.4] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout and the full core display digital readout and background light remain illuminated.

[6.5] RELEASE both CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[6.6] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[6.7] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 12 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup ATC 6.6.4 Continuous Rod Withdrawal (continued)

[7] IF continuously withdrawing the control rod to position 48 and the control rod coupling integrity check will be performed after the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48 are to be released, THEN PERFORM control rod coupling integrity check as follows (otherwise N/A):

[7.1] PLACE AND HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, in NOTCH OVERRRIDE.

[7.2] PLACE AND HOLD CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH.

[7.3] WHEN position 48 is reached, THEN RELEASE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47, and CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48.

[7.4] VERIFY control rod settles into position 48.

[7.5] PLACE CRD CONTROL SWITCH, 3-HS-85-48, in ROD OUT NOTCH and RELEASE.

[7.6] CHECK control rod coupled by observing the following:

  • Four rod display digital readout AND full core display digital readout AND background light will remain illuminated.

[7.7] CHECK control rod settles into position 48 and ROD SETTLE light extinguishes.

[7.8] IF control rod coupling integrity check fails, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-85-2.

6.6.5 Return to Normal After Completion of Control Rod Withdrawal

[1] WHEN control rod movement is no longer desired AND deselecting control rods is desired, THEN:

[1.1] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in OFF.

[1.2] PLACE CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in ON.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 13 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1 and 2: Unit Startup SRO 3-GOI-100-1A Section 5.0 Instruction Steps

[68] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks exist.

[69] VERIFY the following:

  • Hotwell Pressure is below -24" Hg.
  • CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator, (3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3-9-7.

[70] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3-9-3.

[71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):

  • PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  • PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.

[72] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN (Otherwise N/A)

VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.

Initials Date Time SRO Directs BOP to perform step 71 BOP [71] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in service, THEN PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3 3):

  • PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24.
  • PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 14 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod ATC Respond to Annunciator CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL and CONTROL ROD DRIFT A. VALIDATE alarm as follows:

1. Full Core Display will have no digital readout.
2. Background light extinguished.
3. Rod DRIFT light on.

B. IF alarm valid, THEN REFER TO 2-AOI-85-2.

C. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer.

D. REFER TO Tech Spec 3.1.3, 3.10.8.5, 3.3.2.1, and TRM TABLE 3.3.5-1.

Reports Control Rod 02-35 is Uncoupled or over traveled SRO Enter 2-AOI-85-2 Uncoupled Control Rod ATC 3-AOI-85-2 4.1 Immediate Actions

[1] STOP all control rod withdrawal.

SRO 4.2 Subsequent Actions

[1] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to evaluate the suspect uncoupled control rod for its impact on core thermal limits and rod worth.

[2] ADJUST the rod pattern as directed by the Reactor Engineer throughout the performance of this procedure.

Driver Driver Acknowledge uncoupled control rod, concur with coupling attempt per 3-AOI-85-2

3-22 Rev 0 Page 15 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Uncoupled Control Rod SRO [3] IF the control rod drive is at position 48 AND with Reactor Engineer concurrence, THEN PERFORM the following:

Direct ATC to attempt to couple Control Rod 02-35 PERFORM the following:

ATC [3.1] NOTCH INSERT the control rod drive to position 46 to attempt to couple the control rod.

[3.2] RESET associated annunciators.

[3.3] NOTCH WITHDRAW the control rod drive to position 48.

[3.4] PERFORM a coupling check.

[3.5] IF coupling integrity check fails, THEN CONTINUOUSLY INSERT control rod drive to position 00 to attempt to latch control rod with control rod drive mechanism.

[3.5.1] RESET associated annunciators.

[3.5.2] NOTCH WITHDRAW control rod to position 48.

[3.5.3] PERFORM a coupling check.

Report Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled Driver Driver When control rod 02-35 is inserted to position 46 delete the failure rd05r0235 SRO Makes notifications that Control Rod 02-35 is Coupled SRO Exits 3-AOI-85-2 and directs power ascension to continue NRC NRC At completion of scenario if SRO does not address Tech Spec 3.1.3 Follow up for Tech Spec call if rod failed to couple TS 3.1.3 Condition C Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for Steam Seal Regulator Failure

3-22 Rev 0 Page 16 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: Steam Seal Regulator Failure BOP Respond to Annunciator STEAM TO STEAM SEAL REG PRESS LOW A. CHECK steam seal header pressure, 3-PI-1-148, Panel 3-9-7.

B. VERIFY proper valve alignment on Panel 3-9-7.

C. IF pressure is low, THEN OPEN steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145.

D. DISPATCH personnel to check 3-PIC-1-147 (El 617' Turb Bldg).

E. CHECK condenser vacuum on 3-P/TR-2-2 (Panel 3-9-6) and turbine vibration on 3-XR-47-15 (Panel 3-9-7) normal.

BOP Responds to Annunciators STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER VACUUM LOW OG HOLDUP LINE INLET FLOW HIGH BOP Recommends opening steam seal bypass valve 3-FCV-1-145 to restore steam pressure SRO Concurs with actions to restore steam seal pressure BOP Dispatches personnel and checks condenser vacuum Reports Condenser Vacuum stable or slowly degrading Driver Driver 3 minutes after dispatch report No noticeable problems at 3-PIC-1-147, once steam seal pressure is restored delete mc04 (e1 0) 100 condenser air in leakage SRO Evaluate entry to 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Condenser Vacuum BOP Once steam seal pressure is restored resets annunciators and verifies condenser vacuum is improving.

SRO Direct Power Ascension to continue and contacts personnel to investigate Steam Seal Regulator Driver Driver If I&C is dispatched acknowledge communication Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for HPCI Steam Leak

3-22 Rev 0 Page 17 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak BOP Respond to Annunciator RX BLDG AREA RADIATION HIGH A. DETERMINE area with high radiation level on Panel 3-9-11. (Alarm on Panel 3-9-11 will automatically reset if radiation level lowers below setpoint.)

C. NOTIFY RADCON.

D. IF the TSC is NOT manned and a VALID radiological condition exists., THEN USE public address system to evacuate area where high airborne conditions exist Determine HPCI Area Radiation Monitor is in Alarm and report, Evacuate affected area and notify radiation protection.

BOP Respond to annunciator HPCI LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH Continued rise will cause the following valves to isolate (at Steamline Space Temperature of 165°F Torus Area or 185°F HPCI Pump Room):

HPCI STEAM LINE INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-2 HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-73-3 HPCI STEAM LINE WARM-UP VALVE, 3-FCV-73-81.

A. CHECK HPCI temperature switches on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 on Panel 3-9-21.

B. IF high temperature is confirmed, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3 Flowchart.

C. CHECK following on Panel 3-9-11 and NOTIFY RADCON if rising radiation levels are observed:

1. HPCI ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-24A.
2. RHR WEST ROOM EL 519 RX BLDG radiation indicator, 3-RI-90-25A.

D. DISPATCH personnel to investigate for leaks consistent with ALARA considerations in HPCI Turbine Area (El 519) and HPCI Steam Supply Area (El 550).

BOP Reports rising temperature in HPCI, reports HPCI failed to isolate and isolates HPCI Steam Line SRO Enter EOI-3 on Secondary Containment Area Radiation Driver Driver If dispatched to HPCI area report after 5 minutes that can not access area at this time.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 18 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Radiation Level is above 72 mr/hr Then verify isolation of Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone and verify SGTS initiates If above 72 mr/hr direct Operator to verify isolation of ventilation system ATC/BO Verifies Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation Systems isolated P

SRO If Reactor Zone or Refuel Zone Exhaust Ventilation isolated and ventilation radiation levels are below 72 mr/hr Then Restart Reactor Zone and Refuel Zone Ventilation per Appendix 8F If ventilation isolated and below 72 mr/hr directs Operator to perform Appendix 8F SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Temperature Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Temperature Operate available ventilation per Appendix 8F Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal CT#7 Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:

  • Suppress a Fire CT#7 BOP Isolates HPCI Steam Lines and reports Temperatures and Radiation Levels lowering SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Radiation Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Radiation Levels Answers Yes to Is Any Area Radiation Level Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to:
  • Suppress a Fire SRO Ensures no systems are still discharging to Secondary Containment, remains in EOI-3 until entry conditions are cleared.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 19 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak ATC/BO 3-EOI Appendix 8F P

1. VERIFY PCIS Reset.
2. PLACE Refuel Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
b. PLACE 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch to SLOW A (SLOW B).
c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-3A, REFUEL ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
  • 3-FCO-64-5, REFUEL ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-6, REFUEL ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-9, REFUEL ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-10, REFUEL ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR.
3. PLACE Reactor Zone Ventilation in service as follows (Panel 3-9-25):
a. VERIFY 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch is in OFF.
b. PLACE 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch in SLOW A ( SLOW B).
c. CHECK two SPLY/EXH A(B) green lights above 3-HS-64-11A, REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, control switch extinguish and two SPLY/EXH A(B) red lights illuminate.
d. VERIFY OPEN the following dampers:
  • 3-FCO-64-13, REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-14, REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-42, REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR
  • 3-FCO-64-43, REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR.

Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip

3-22 Rev 0 Page 20 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: HPCI Steam Leak SRO EOI-3 Secondary Containment Level Monitor and Control Secondary Containment Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Above 66 inches and Answer No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Directs Power Ascension stopped Evaluates Tech Spec 3.5.1 and 3.6.1.3 Tech Spec 3.5.1 enter Condition C and Tech Spec 3.6.1.3 and Enter Condition A and B Notifies Operations management that Mode Change can not be completed Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for RFPT C Trip

3-22 Rev 0 Page 21 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 6: RFPT C Trip ATC Report RFPT C Trip SRO Enters 3-AOI-3-1 Loss of Reactor Feedwater ATC Actions for Low Reactor Water Level or Loss of Feedwater

[10] IF RFPs are in manual control, THEN RAISE speed of operating RFPs.

[14] IF unit remains on-line, THEN RETURN Reactor water level to normal operating level of 33 (normal range).

SRO Direct RFPT B used to restore level or directs a Reactor Scram if level cannot be restored ATC Raises speed of RFPT B to restore Reactor Level BOP Dispatches personnel to RFPT C area SRO Establishes a Reactor Level at which a scram will be inserted, automatic scram is plus 2 inches.

Driver Driver 4 minutes after dispatched report workers in area accidentally tripped RFPT C ATC Reports that level is recovering when RFPT B is feeding the vessel Report Power level and SRM alarms as level is restored ATC Control speed of RFPT B to maintain Reactor Level Driver Driver If the crew inserts a scram or level reaches level 3 then initiate trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 30 for lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks, Call control room as security and report lighting strike at CCW Capacitor Banks

3-22 Rev 0 Page 22 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Loss of Condenser Vacuum / ATWS Crew Responds to trip of operating Circ Water Pumps and Degrading Vacuum SRO Enters 3-AOI-47-3 Loss of Vacuum SRO [6] CHECK CCW pumps for proper operation. If available, START additional CCW PUMPS.

[7] VERIFY CLOSED CONDENSER VAC BREAKERS 1A AND 1B, 3-HS-66-1A, Panel 9-8.

Directs BOP to start CCW Pump A and verify vacuum breakers closed BOP Attempts start of CCW Pump A and reports trip SRO Directs Reactor Scram ATC Manually scrams Reactor ATC Reports no control rods movement, initiates one channel of ARI ATC Places mode switch in shutdown and reports power above 5%

SRO Enters EOI-1 RPV Control, Power Directs second channel of ARI Answers Yes to is Power Above 5%

Directs ATC to Trip Recirc Pumps ATC Initiates second channel of ARI and trips Recirc Pumps and reports power CT#2 SRO Directs Appendix 1A, 1D and 2 ATC Contacts AUO to perform field actions of appendix 1A, 1D and 2 Driver Driver When Notified to perform appendix 1A and 2, wait 2 minutes initiate trigger 20 and verify batch file for removing fuses is active. If requested to open/close 3-shv-085-0586 wait 3 minutes to close or open and use remote function rd06.

Driver Driver When requested to install fuses initiate trigger 21 and verify batch file goes active

3-22 Rev 0 Page 23 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS ATC Appendix 1D to manually insert rods

1. VERIFY at least one CRD pump in service.
2. IF Reactor Scram or ARI CANNOT be reset, THEN DISPATCH personnel to CLOSE 3-SHV-085-0586, CHARGING WATER SOV (RB NE, El 565 ft).
3. VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH in SHUTDOWN.
4. BYPASS Rod Worth Minimizer.
5. REFER to Attachment 2 and INSERT control rods in the area of highest power as follows:
a. SELECT control rod.
b. PLACE CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE switch in EMERG ROD IN position UNTIL control rod is NOT moving inward.

CT#2 ATC Inserts Control Rods SRO Stops at Stop sign Before Suppression Pool Temperature Rises to 110°F Continue

3-22 Rev 0 Page 24 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS SRO EOI-1 Pressure Monitor and Control RPV Pressure Answer No to is any MSRV cycling Directs RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig, initially on bypass valves then on MSRVs BOP Maintains RPV pressure band of 800 to 1000 psig SRO EOI-1 Level Monitor and Control RPV Water Level Directs Verification of PCIS isolations ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P

SRO Exits RC/L and Enters C5 Level Power Control CT#1 SRO Directs ADS Inhibited CT#1 BOP/AT Inhibits ADS C

SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Main Steam Line Open Bypass the following isolation interlocks

  • MSIV Low Low Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8A)
  • RB Ventilation Low RPV Water Level (Appendix 8E)

ATC/BO Contacts AUO to perform Appendix 8A and 8E P

Answer Yes to Is Reactor Power Above 5%

Driver Driver If requested to perform Appendix 8A and 8E wait 5 minutes insert Bat app08ae and report field actions for appendix 8A are complete and appendix 8E is complete ATC/BOP Complete Appendix 8A

3. NOTIFY Unit Operator to verify closed the following valves (Unit 3 Control Room, Panel 9-3):

3-FCV-43-13, RX RECIRC SAMPLE INBD ISOLATION VLV 3-FCV-43-14, RX RECIRC SAMPLE OUTBD ISOLATION VLV CT#4 SRO Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)

3-22 Rev 0 Page 25 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: ATWS

3-22 Rev 0 Page 26 of 52 CS#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C

1. PREVENT injection to RPV from the following systems in any order as required:
a. HPCI
1) IF HPCI Turbine is NOT at zero speed, THEN PRESS and HOLD 3-HS-73-18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
2) WHEN HPCI Turbine is at zero speed, THEN PLACE 3-HS-73-47A, HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control switch in PULL TO LOCK and RELEASE 3-HS 18A, HPCI TURBINE TRIP push-button.
c. CORE SPRAY NOTE: After receipt of an automatic initiation signal, it is NOT necessary to wait until the pump actually starts before performing the next step.

Following an initiation signal, PLACE ALL Core Spray pump control switches in STOP.

d. LPCI SYSTEM I PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
  • Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM I pump control switches in STOP.

BOP/AT OR C

  • BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155A, LPCI SYS I OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.

AND

2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52, RHR SYS I LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. LPCI SYSTEM II PREVENT injection by EITHER of the following methods:
  • Following automatic pump start, PLACE RHR SYSTEM II pump control switches in STOP.

OR

  • BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig,
1) PLACE 3-HS-74-155B, LPCI SYS II OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL, in BYPASS.

AND

2) VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-66, RHR SYS II LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 27 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: EOI-3 CT#4 BOP/AT Terminate and Prevent per Appendix 4 C

f. CONDENSATE and FEEDWATER
2) LOWER RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) speed to minimum setting (approximately 600 rpm) using ANY of the following methods on Panel 3-9-5:
  • Using 3-LIC-46-5, REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PDS, in MANUAL AND individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in AUTO, OR
  • Using individual 3-SIC-46-8(9)(10), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONTROL PDS in MANUAL, OR
  • Using individual 3-HS-46-8A(9A)(10A), RFPT 3A(3B)(3C) SPEED CONT RAISE/LOWER switch in MANUAL GOVERNOR.
2) CLOSE the following valves BEFORE RPV pressure drops below 450 psig:
  • 3-FCV-3-19, RFP 3A DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-FCV-3-12, RFP 3B DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-FCV-3-5, RFP 3C DISCHARGE VALVE
  • 3-LCV-3-53, RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL.
3) TRIP RFPTs as necessary to prevent injection by DEPRESSING the following push-buttons:
  • 3-HS-3-125A, RFPT 3A TRIP
  • 3-HS-3-151A, RFPT 3B TRIP
  • 3-HS-3-176A, RFPT 3C TRIP.

CT#4 SRO When RPV Water Level Drops Below -50 inches Then Continue Directs a RPV Level Band of -50 to -100 inches using RCIC and CRD ATC/BO Reports RCIC failed to auto start and attempts to start RCIC Report failure of RCIC and dispatch personnel P

Driver Driver When dispatched to RCIC wait 5 minutes and report Turbine is tripped and tripped linkage can not be reset

3-22 Rev 0 Page 28 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection

3-22 Rev 0 Page 29 of 52 Crew Monitor Reactor Water Level CT#2 SRO Before Suppression Pool Temperature rises to 110°F directs Boron Injection CT#2 ATC Initiates SLC per Appendix 3A

2. UNLOCK and PLACE 3-HS-63-6A, SLC PUMP 3A/3B, control switch in START PUMP 3A or START PUMP 3B position.
2. CHECK SLC System for injection by observing the following:
  • Selected pump starts, as indicated by red light illuminated above pump control switch.
  • Squib valves fire, as indicated by SQUIB VALVE A and B CONTINUITY blue lights extinguished,
  • 3-PI-63-7A, SLC PUMP DISCH PRESS, indicates above RPV pressure.
  • System flow, as indicated by 3-IL-63-11, SLC FLOW, red light illuminated on Panel 3-9-5,
  • SLC INJECTION FLOW TO REACTOR Annunciator in alarm on Panel 3-9-5 (3-XA-55-5B, Window 14).

SRO Direct Verification of RWCU Isolation ATC/BO Verifies RWCU isolated P

SRO If RPV Water Level Cannot Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Then Continue at Step C5-19 CT#5 Prior to -180 inches transitions to Emergency Depressurization CT#3 Directs Stop and Prevent All Injection Into RPV Except From RCIC, CRD and SLC (Appendix 4)

CT#3 BOP/AT Confirms Appendix 4 Injection Systems are stopped and prevented C

SRO Answers Yes to Is Suppression Pool Level Above 5.5 feet CT#5 Directs All ADS Valves Open CT#5 ATC/BO Opens 6 ADS Valves P

SRO Answers Yes to Can 6 ADS Valves Be Opened

3-22 Rev 0 Page 30 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: Loss of High Pressure Injection CS#6 SRO When Reactor Pressure is below 190 psig (MARFP Pressure) Then Continue Direct Start and Slowly Raise RPV Injection with the following injection sources to restore and maintain RPVwater level above -180 inches Condensate and Feedwater, CRD, LPCI CT#6 ATC/BO Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band P

SRO Answers Yes to Can RPV Water Level Be Restored And Maintained Above -180 inches Answers Yes to Was Water Level Lowered For Step C5-12 Directs the same level band that was in use prior to ED ATC/BOP Restore Level using Condensate and/or LPCI to the prescribed level band

3-22 Rev 0 Page 31 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 SRO Enters EOI-2 Primary Containment Control EOI-2 Drywell Temperature SRO Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Operate All Available Drywell Cooling Stops at Stop sign Before Drywell Temperature Rises to 280°F Then Continue SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)

Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig Evaluates stop sign Before Suppression Chamber Pressure Rises To 12 psig Continue Initiates Suppression Chamber Sprays Using Only Pumps Not Required to Assure Adequate Core Cooling By Continuous Injection (Appendix 17C)

SRO Should not initiate sprays or terminates sprays prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)

Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches

3-22 Rev 0 Page 32 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)

Answers No to Can Suppression Pool Temperature Be Maintained Below 95°F Operate all available Suppression Pool Cooling using only RHR Pumps not required to assure adequate core cooling by continuous injection (Appendix 17A)

SRO Should not initiate Pool Cooling or terminates pool cooling prior to ED SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:

1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass

2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.

SRO Emergency Plan Classification is 1.2-S

3-22 Rev 0 Page 33 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):

3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.

NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:

3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.

Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C

7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:

Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.

8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 34 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):

3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.

NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:

3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.

Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C

7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:

Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.

8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 35 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:

Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:

i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.

ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.

iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.

BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification

3-22 Rev 0 Page 36 of 52

3-22 Rev 0 Page 37 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2 ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P

1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:
a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
  • LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
  • Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 38 of 52 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 8: EOI-2

f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.

ATC/BO P g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.

h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:

3-22 Rev 0 Page 39 of 52 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:

15. ADS inhibited before ADS actuates
16. With a reactor scram required and the reactor not shutdown:
  • Inject boron (prior to exceeding 110°F SP temperature)
17. During an ATWS with emergency depressurization required, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until reactor pressure is below Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure(MARFP)
18. ATWS with power >5%, injection has been stopped and prevented, with the exception of RCIC, SLC, and CRD, into the RPV until RPV level is below -50 to establish a lower limit
19. Emergency depressurizes when RPV level cannot be restored and maintained above -180". Emergency depressurization is initiated before level reaches -200"
20. When RPV pressure is below MARFP, injection reestablished to maintain RPV level above -180
21. Manually isolates HPCI before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded.

3-22 Rev 0 Page 40 of 52 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER K/A RO SRO 1 and 2 Reactor Startup RO U-000-NO-03 201002A4.01 3.5 3.4 SRO S-000-NO-001 2.1.7 4.4 4.7 3 Uncoupled Control Rod RO U-085-AB-02 201003A2.02 3.7 3.8 SRO S-085-AB-02 4 Steam Seal Regulator Fail RO U-001-AL-01 239001 K3.06 2.6 2.7 5 HPCI Steam Leak RO U-073-AL-06 295032EA2.03 3.8 4.0 SRO S-000-EM-10 6 RFPT Trip RO U-003-AL-16 259001A2.01 3.7 3.7 SRO S-003-AB-01 7 Loss of Condenser Vacuum RO U-047-AB-03 295002AA1.06 3.0 3.1 SRO S-047-AB-03 295037EA2.02 4.1 4.2 SRO S-000-EM-18

3-22 Rev 0 Page 41 of 52 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER: HLTS-3-24 8 Total Malfunctions Inserted: List (4-8) 3 Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4 Abnormal Events: List (1-3) 2 Major Transients: List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) 2 EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 90 Run Time (minutes) 7 Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)

YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:

IRM E is out of service and bypassed Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:

Continue plant startup IAW 3-GOI-100-1A section 5.4, mode change from Mode 2 to Mode 1.

Unit 1 and 2 are 100% power Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:

Severe Thunderstorm warning is affect for Limestone, Morgan, and Madison Counties for the next two hours.

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Browns Ferry NPP Scenario No.: 3-21 Op-Test No.: ILT 1006 SRO:

Examiners: Operators: ATC:

BOP:

Initial Unit 3 is at 75% power. Unit 1 and 2 are at 100% power. Condensate Pump B and Conditions: Condensate Booster Pump B are ready to be returned to service. RFPT C is out of service and preparations are underway to return it to service. Unit 3 DG A is out of service and clearanced out.

Turnover: Return Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B to service and then raise Reactor Power to 80% with Recirc and hold until RFPT C is returned to service.

Event Event No. Malf. No. Type* Event Description N-BOP 1 Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B N-SRO R-ATC 2 Raise Power with Recirc R-SRO C-SRO 3 pc12d Belt shear on operating Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan C-BOP C-ATC 4 th03a RWCU Leak / No Auto Isolation / Failure of Inboard Valve TS-SRO C-BOP 5 eg13a Bus Duct cooling fan trip/ start standby fan C-SRO C-ATC 6 th03a R-ATC Recirc Pump A Trip w/ power oscillations TS-SRO 7 th33a M-ALL Main Steam Line Break in Drywell with MSIV isolation C-BOP 8 trg-21/22 Failure of Drywell Spray Valves to close C-SRO C-ATC 9 rc08 Failure of RCIC to Auto Start C-SRO

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Critical Tasks 1 Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.

OR Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280°F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.

2 Maintains water level above TAF (-162")

3 Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell / suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.

4 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 3 of 47 With the unit at 75% power the BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Upon completion the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.

When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored EOI-3 can be exited.

RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69-1 to isolate, the outboard valve 69-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated, temperatures will decrease and EOI-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69-1.

Once the plant is stable, Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto. The BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.

Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-68-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.

A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC, which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 4 of 47 VIII. Console Operator Instructions A. Scenario File Summary

1. File: batch and trigger files for scenario 3-21 Batch NRC201021
  1. dg a out of service irf dg01a open imf dg01a ior zlo3hs2113ea9a[1] off
  1. reactor zone exhaust fan a belt shear 2 to 3 minutes prior to alarm imf pc12d (e1 0) ior xa553d[32] (e1 30) alarm_on trg 2 nrc2010rxzone trg 2 = mor xa553d[32] alarm_off
  1. rwcu leak imf cu04 (e5 0) 50 imf cu06 ior ypovfcv692 (e5 15) fail_now
  1. reactor recirc pump a trip, power oscillations imf th03a (e10 0) imf cr02a (e10 30) 10 120 imf cr02b (e10 30) 10 120
  1. bus duct cooling fan failure imf eg13a (e15 0)

3-21 Rev 0 Page 5 of 47

  1. msiv isolation, scram imf rc08 ior ypomtroilpmp (e20 0) fail_cn_pow imf th33a (e20 0) .8 15 imf th27e (e20 0) imf th27g (e20 40) ior zdihs7460a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7461a[2] (e21 0) open ior zdihs7474a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7475a[2] (e22 0) open ior zdihs7037a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7038a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7039a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7040a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7041a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7042a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7043a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7044a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7045a[4] (e25 0) start ior zdihs7046a[4] (e25 0) start imf pc17a (e25 0) 5 Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan Trigger zdihs6411a(5) .eq. 1 IX. Console Operators Instructions Scenario 3-21 DESCRIPTION/ACTION Simulator Setup manual Reset to IC 182 Simulator Setup Load Batch Bat nrc201021 Simulator Setup manual Clearance out DG A Simulator Setup Verify Batch file loaded RCP required (75% - 80% w/Recirc flow) - Provide marked up copy of 3-GOI-100-12 RCP for Urgent Load Reduction

3-21 Rev 0 Page 6 of 47 X. Scenario Summary:

With the unit at 75% power the, BOP operator will start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster pump B. Upon completion, the ATC will commence power increase to 80%.

When the NRC is satisfied with power maneuver, belt shear will occur on the Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A. EOI-3 will be entered on Secondary Containment D/P. Once the other train of Reactor Zone Ventilation is started and Secondary Containment D/P is restored, EOI-3 can be exited.

RWCU will experience a leak in RWCU HX Room with a failure of the inboard valve 69-1 to isolate; the outboard valve 69-2 will start to stroke close but will lose power in mid position. The ATC will have to close the 69-1 to isolate the penetration. SRO again will have to enter EOI-3 on high temperature in RWCU areas. Once isolated temperatures will decrease and EOI-3 can be exited. SRO will need to evaluate Tech Specs for the failed penetration 3.6.1.3 Condition A and will need to deactivate the inboard isolation valve 69-1.

Once the plant is stable Bus Duct Cooling Fan A will trip and the standby fan will fail to start in Auto, the BOP operator will start Bus Duct Cooling Fan B per 3-ARP-9-7A window 31 Gen Bus Duct Fan Failure.

Reactor Recirc Pump A will trip and small power oscillations will be observed. ATC will respond per 3-AOI-68-1A and close the tripped pumps discharge valve and insert control rods to exit region 2 of the power to flow map. Once control rod insertion is commenced power oscillations will be suppressed. The SRO will refer to Tech Spec 3.4.1 and enter Condition A.

A main steam line break in the drywell will raise drywell pressure. The crew will scram the reactor, all rods will insert and due to the steam leak, MSIVs will isolate. Pressure control will be on the SRVs and level control will be RCIC which will fail to auto start but can be manually started. When Suppression Chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig the crew will spray the drywell. Drywell sprays will be secured prior to Drywell pressure lowering to 0 psig. The Drywell Spray valves will fail to close and the crew will have to secure the RHR Pumps to stop Drywell Sprays.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 7 of 47 Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of Lead Examiner.

All Control Rods are inserted Drywell has been sprayed Drywell Sprays have been terminated Reactor Level is being maintained

3-21 Rev 0 Page 8 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1: Start of Condensate Pump B SRO Directs Start of Condensate Pump B BOP 5.3.1 Start a Condensate Pump as follows:

[1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:

  • Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
  • Sufficient number of Demineralizers in service to accommodate the raised flow.

[2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.

[3] CHECK Condensate Pump Motor 3B oil level.

[4] START CONDENSATE PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-21A.

[5] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A.

Driver Driver Report Condensate Pump 3B oil level in middle of sight glass, no obstructions and personnel are standing clear for pump start.

BOP Determines additional condensate demins are not needed Driver Driver If called for Demin status report all demins in service

3-21 Rev 0 Page 9 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1: Start of Condensate Booster Pump B SRO Directs Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP 5.3.2 Start a Condensate Booster Pump as follows:

[1] CHECK the following initial conditions are satisfied:

  • Condensate system in operation in accordance with this instruction.
  • Three Demineralizers in service with their E valves full open, to accommodate system flow and to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening.
  • IF the Condensate Demin E Valves are pinned open, THEN EVALUATE if sufficient margin is available to prevent the Demineralizer Bypass Valve from opening.

(Otherwise N/A)

[2] REVIEW the precautions and limitations in Section 3.0.

[4] IF starting Condensate Booster Pump 3B, THEN PERFORM the following:

(Otherwise N/A)

[4.1] ENSURE adequate number of Condensate Pumps in-service prior to starting Condensate Booster Pump.

[4.2] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B SUCTION VLV, 3-SHV-002-0554.

[4.3] VERIFY oil tank level is greater than 3/4.

[4.4] At Junction Box 2069 TB El 557', START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B AUX OIL PUMP using 3-HS-002-0140.

[4.5] OPEN CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B.

[4.6] WHEN a steady stream of water is observed flowing from the vent, THEN CLOSE CNDS BSTR PMP B SEAL WTR DRAIN VLV, 3-DRV-002-1702B.

[4.7] VERIFY OPEN CNDS BSTR PUMP 3B DISCH VLV, 3-SHV-002-0559.

[4.8] START CONDENSATE BOOSTER PUMP 3B, using 3-HS-2-62A.

Driver Driver Report Condensate Booster Pump 3B Suction Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump 3B Discharge Valve Open, Condensate Booster Pump B oil levels in middle of sight glass and oil tank level is 7/8, Aux oil pump started and venting is complete.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 10 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 1: Start of Condensate Booster Pump B BOP [6] WHEN Condensate flow and pressure stabilizes, THEN RETURN the E valves for in-service Demineralizers to normal configuration for plant conditions.

[7] PLACE additional Condensate Demins in service to maintain system D/P less than 40 psid, and individual Condensate Demin flow less than 3150 gpm. REFER TO 3-OI-2A.

[8] VERIFY Condensate Booster Pump aux oil pumps shutdown, on the Condensate Booster Pumps which were started in Step 5.3.2[4.8].

[9] IF desired, THEN ALIGN Hydrogen Water Chemistry System to the Condensate System. REFER TO 3-OI-4, Hydrogen Water Chemistry System. (Otherwise N/A)

BOP Determines additional Demins are not required Contacts AUO to place Hydrogen Water Chemistry System Driver Driver Acknowledge notification for Hydrogen Water Chemistry

3-21 Rev 0 Page 11 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 2: Raise Power with Recirc flow SRO Notify ODS of power increase Direct Power increase using Recirc Flow per 3-GOI-100-12

[19] IF desired to raise power with only two(2) Reactor feed pumps in service, THEN RAISE Reactor power, as desired, maintaining each Reactor Feedpump less than 5050 RPM.

ATC Raises Power w/Recirc using 3-GOI-100-12 and 3-OI-68, section 6.2

[1] IF NOT in single loop operation, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speeds 3A using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3-HS-96-15A(15B)

AND/OR ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3B using, RAISE SLOW (MEDIUM), 3-HS 16A(16B)

[2] WHEN desired to control Recirc Pumps 3A and/or 3B speed with the RECIRC MASTER CONTROL, THEN ADJUST Recirc Pump speed 3A & 3B using the following push buttons as required:

RAISE SLOW, 3-HS-96-31 RAISE MEDIUM, 3-HS-96-32 NRC When satisfied with Reactivity Manipulation; an additional reactivity manipulation will be required when the Reactor Recirc Pump trips Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 1 for belt shear on Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan

3-21 Rev 0 Page 12 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP Respond to annunciator REACTOR ZONE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LOW A. IF the alarm is intermittent, THEN CHECK for high wind conditions (ex., >20 mph) on ICS.

B. IF high wind conditions CANNOT be confirmed, THEN REQUEST personnel to check local Reactor Building differential pressure.

C. IF alarm is due to high wind conditions, THEN EOI-3 entry is NOT required.

D. IF alarm is valid, THEN NOTIFY Unit Supervisor of 3-EOI-3 entry condition.

E. REQUEST personnel to check fans locally for any apparent problems.

F. REFER TO 3-OI-30B and PLACE standby fan in service to restore normal differential pressure.

Determines high wind condition does not exist BOP Proceeds to check conditions for Reactor Zone Ventilation on Panel 3-9-25 On Panel 3-9-25 determines that Reactor Zone Exhaust Flow indicates 0 SCFM Driver Driver When dispatched wait 2 minutes and report +4 inches on DP gauge, if asked to investigate fans 2 minutes later report belt shear on Exhaust Fan A SRO Direct placing standby train in service and Enter EOI-3 SRO No actions in EOI-3 but entry condition of above -.17 inches of water exceeded BOP 6.1 Alternating Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans

[1] VERIFY the Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans are operating. REFER TO Section 5.1.

[2] REVIEW all Precautions and Limitations in Section 3.0

[3] IF Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fans will NOT be operated in fast speed, THEN SHUT DOWN Steam Vault Exhaust Booster Fan. REFER TO Section 7.4. (N/A if Reactor Building Ventilation has been lost and it desired to run the booster fan to cool the steam tunnel).

3-21 Rev 0 Page 13 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A BOP [4] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in OFF.

[5] VERIFY dampers close and fans stop as indicated by illuminated green lights above the following switches:

  • REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
  • REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-14
  • REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-42
  • REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-43
  • REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3-HS-64-11A

[6] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in SLOW B to start alternate fans.

Driver Driver After fan swap -3 inches on DP gauge

[7] VERIFY dampers open and fans start as indicated by illuminated red lights above the following switches:

  • REACTOR ZONE SPLY OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-13
  • REACTOR ZONE SPLY INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-14
  • REACTOR ZONE EXH INBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-42
  • REACTOR ZONE EXH OUTBD ISOL DMPR, 3-HS-64-43
  • REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS, 3-HS-64-11A

[8] IF fast speed Reactor Zone Supply and Exhaust Fan operation is required, five minutes should be allowed after slow start for the discharge dampers to FULLY OPEN, THEN

[8.1] PLACE REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-11A, in FAST B.

[8.2] VERIFY that the two green lights B remain extinguished and the two red lights B remain illuminated above REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS Switch, 3-HS-64-11A.

[9] VERIFY the following conditions:

[9.1] VERIFY REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3-PDIC-064-0002, on 3-LPNL-925-0213, located at R17-P El 639', indicates between -0.25 inches and -0.40 inches H2O.

[9.2] IF REACTOR ZONE PRESS DIFFERENTIAL Indicator, 3-PDIC-64-2, is NOT between -0.25 inches and -0.40 inches H2O, THEN REFER TO 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 14 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A SRO May enter 3-AOI-30B-1, Reactor Building Ventilation Failure.

BOP 4.2 Subsequent Actions

[1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER the appropriate EOI(s).

(Otherwise N/A)

[2] IF building pressure is observed to be outside the normal limits of -0.25 to -0.40 inch H2O.

AND The ventilation systems have not ISOLATED, THEN PERFORM the following at Panel 3-9-25: (Otherwise N/A)

[2.1] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone exhaust flow path dampers 3-FCO-64-9, -

10, -43, and -42 open.

[2.2] CHECK Reactor Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.

[2.3] CHECK Refuel Zone Exhaust Fan A(B) running.

[2.4] CHECK the reactor and refuel zone supply flow path dampers 3-FCO-64-5, -

13, -6, and -14 open.

[2.5] CHECK Reactor Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.

[2.6] CHECK Refuel Zone Supply Fan A(B) running.

[3] IF a reactor zone ventilation fan is not running OR a damper is CLOSED, THEN START the alternate Reactor Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REACTOR ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-11A, to Slow A (Slow B) position. (Otherwise N/A)

[4] IF a refuel zone ventilation fan is not running or a damper is closed, THEN START the alternate Refuel Zone supply and exhaust fans at panel 3-9-25 by placing the REFUELING ZONE FANS AND DAMPERS switch, 3-HS-64-3A, to Slow A (Slow B) position.

(Otherwise N/A)

[5] VERIFY STEAM VAULT EXH BOOSTER FAN running, RB El 565 Top of TIP Room. REFER TO 3-OI-30B.

Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak

3-21 Rev 0 Page 15 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 3: Belt Shear on Reactor Building Zone Exhaust Fan A

[6] MONITOR and RECORD at 15-minute intervals MAIN STEAM LINE TUNNEL TEMP, 3-TIS-1-60A, on Panel 3-9-3.

SRO

[7] NOTIFY the Shift Manager if Main Steam Line temperature on 3-TIS-1-60A reaches 150°F and REFER TO 3-EOI-3.

BOP [8] IF building pressure is more negative than -0.40 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation supply fan suction dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)

[9] IF building pressure is more positive than -0.25 inch H2O, THEN CHECK all ventilation exhaust fan discharge dampers open locally. (Otherwise N/A)

[10] CHECK locally all reactor and refuel supply and exhaust fans for normal operation:

A. Motors, drive belts, fans are working.

B. Dampers in ventilation flow path are open.

C. Dampers in shutdown flow path are closed.

[11] SHUT DOWN the malfunctioning ventilation equipment. REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.

[12] START the alternate ventilation equipment. REFER TO the appropriate operating instruction.

[13] IF reactor building pressure CANNOT be maintained negative, THEN START Standby Gas Treatment. REFER TO 0-OI-65. (Otherwise N/A)

[14] WHEN the abnormal condition has been corrected, THEN PERFORM the following as applicable: (Otherwise N/A)

[14.1] RESTORE the Refuel Zone Ventilation System to normal operation. REFER TO 3-OI-30A.

[14.2] RESTORE the Reactor Zone Ventilation System to normal operation.

REFER TO 3-OI-30B.

[14.3] SHUT DOWN and RETURN the SGT System to standby readiness. REFER TO 0-OI-65, SGT System.

Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 5 for RWCU Leak

3-21 Rev 0 Page 16 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: RWCU Leak Report alarm RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH ATC A. IF this alarm is received in conjunction with RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH [3-XA-55-5B, window 32] and RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL B TEMP HIGH [3-XA-55-5B, window 33], THEN EXIT this procedure and GO TO 3-ARP-9-5B.

ATC Report alarms RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH, RWCU ISOL LOGIC CHANNEL A TEMP HIGH A. VERIFY alarm by checking:

1. ATUs on Panel 3-9-84 and 3-9-86.
2. RWCU LEAK DETECTION TEMP HIGH annunciator in alarm (3-XA-55-3D, Window 17).
3. Area temperature indications on LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29, on Panel 3-9-21.
4. ARMs 3-RR-90-1, 3-CONS-90-50A on Panel 3-9-2 and 0-MON-90-361 on Panel 1-9-2.
5. ICS HPTURB' & RWCU' mimics for the 834 and 835 temperature loops.

B. IF a leak is suspected, THEN MANUALLY ISOLATE RWCU or if RWCU automatically isolates, REFER TO 3-AOI-64-2A.

C. IF TIS-69-835B(D) indicates greater than 131°F, THEN ENTER 3-EOI-3.

D. REFER TO Tech. Spec. Table 3.3.6.1-1.

CT#4 ATC Reports RWCU Valve 69-1 failed to isolate and 69-2 started to close but has lost indication Closes 69-1 to stop RWCU Leak CT#4 SRO Directs Penetration Isolated or concurs with the closure of 69-1 SRO Enter EOI-3 and 3-AOI-64-2A BOP Dispatch Operator to 69-2 Breaker Driver Driver RWCU 69-2 Valve Breaker 250 DC RMOV BD 3B tripped, breaker will not reset, working with RP to gain access to 69-2 Valve.

Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip

3-21 Rev 0 Page 17 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: RWCU Leak SRO Enters 3-AOI-64-2A ATC 4.1 Immediate Actions

[1] VERIFY automatic actions occur.

[2] PERFORM any automatic actions which failed to occur.

SRO 4.2 Subsequent Actions

[1] IF any EOI entry condition is met, THEN ENTER appropriate EOI(s).

BOP [2] CHECK the following to confirm high area temperature condition exists:

  • LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM TEMPERATURE, 3-TI-69-29 (Panel 3-9-21)
  • ATUs in Auxiliary Instrument Room

[3] IF isolation is caused by high area temperature, THEN DETERMINE if a line break exists by:

  • Visual Observation
  • Rx Zone Exhaust Rad Monitors 3-RE-90-142A, 142B, 143A, and 143B BOP [4] PERFORM necessary Heat Balance adjustments. REFER TO 3-OI-69.

BOP [5] CHECK the following monitors for a rise in activity:

  • AREA RADIATION, 3-RR-90-1, Points 9, 13, and 14 (Panel 3-9-2)
  • AIR PARTICULATE MONITOR CONSOLE, 3-MON-90-50, 3-RM-90-55 and 57 (Panel 3-9-2)
  • RB, TB, and Refuel Zone Exhaust Rad on CHEMISTRY CAM, MONITOR CONTROLLER, 0-MON-90-361 (Panel 1-9-2)

[6] IF it has been determined that leakage is the cause of the isolation, THEN NOTIFY RADCON of RWCU status.

Driver Driver Acknowledge Notifications, when dispatched to ATUs report high temperatures in RWCU HX room and temperature lowering.

TE-69-838A(838C) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-839A(839C) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-838B(838D) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room TE-69-839B(839D) - RWCU Heat Exchanger Room Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip

3-21 Rev 0 Page 18 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: RWCU Leak BOP [7] NOTIFY Chemistry that RWCU has been removed from service for the following evaluations:

  • The need to begin sampling Reactor Water
  • The need to remove the Durability Monitor from service SRO [8] IF the isolation cannot be reset, THEN

[9] EVALUATE Technical Requirements Manual Section 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry, for limiting conditions for operation.

Driver Driver Acknowledge Notifications SRO Evaluate Technical Specification 3.6.1.3 and TRM 3.4.1, 3.6.1.3 Condition A and B, 3.4.1 Notifies Chemistry that continuous monitoring is no longer available and to commence sampling per TRM Surveillance 3.4.1.1 SRO Enter EOI-3 Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Temperatures Operate available ventilation (Appendix 8F)

Defeat Isolation Interlocks if necessary (Appendix 8E)

BOP Verifies Reactor Zone Ventilation in service SRO Answers Yes to Is Any Area Temp Above Max Normal Isolate all systems that are discharging into the area except systems required to

  • Suppress a Fire Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip

3-21 Rev 0 Page 19 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 4: RWCU Leak SRO EOI-3 Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Water Levels Answers No to Is Any Floor Drain Sump Water Level Above 66 inches Answers No to Is Any Area Water Level Above 2 inches SRO Monitor and Control Secondary CNTMT Radiation Levels Answers No to Is Any Area Radiation Level Above Max Normal Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 15 for Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip

3-21 Rev 0 Page 20 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 5: Bus Duct cooling Fan Trip BOP Responds to alarm GEN BUS DUCT FAN FAILURE A. VERIFY Main Bus Cooling Fans, 3-HS-262-1A or 1-HS-262-2A, indicates running on Panel 3-9-8 AND START GEN BUS DUCT HX FAN A(B) using 3-HS-262-1A(2A), on panel 3-9-8 to start the standby fan.

B. IF no Fans are operating and the Generator is tied to the grid and loaded to greater than the self cooled bus rating of 16,500 amps THEN, IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.

C. IF while executing this procedure, the Bus Duct Temperature is at or above the Temperature Excursion limit of 120°C, THEN IMMEDIATELY INSERT a manual reactor scram, AND TRIP the Main Generator.

D. DISPATCH personnel as necessary to check the following:

1. Main Bus Cooling Fan on elevation 586 to check fan condition.
2. Monitor Bus Duct temperature by available means including using a portable temperature monitor device locally at the 14 in-service thermostats. REFER to Window 32, Figure 1.
3. 480V Unit Board 3A on elevation 586 to check breaker 5C closed.
4. 480V Unit Board 3B on elevation 604 to check breaker 5C closed.

E. VERIFY the system is operating in accordance with 3-OI-47.

BOP Start Standby Bus Duct Cooling Fan B and dispatches personnel SRO Concurs with start or directs start of Bus Duct Cooling Fan B BOP Dispatch personnel to breaker and bus duct cooling fans Driver Driver Breaker for bus duct cooling fan A is tripped, no abnormal indications apparent, if asked to reset breaker, breaker trips again, no problems noted at fans Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 10 for Reactor Recirc Pump Trip

3-21 Rev 0 Page 21 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 6: Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC Respond to numerous alarm and Report Trip of RR Pump A SRO Enter 3-AOI-68-1A Recirc Pump Trip/Core Flow Decrease OPRMs Operable ATC [1] IF both Recirc Pumps are tripped in modes 1 or 2, THEN (Otherwise N/A),

[1.1] SCRAM the Reactor.

[2] IF a single Recirc Pump tripped, THEN CLOSE tripped Recirc Pump discharge valve.

Closes A Recirc Pump Discharge Valve ATC [3] IF Region I or II of the Power to Flow Map is entered, THEN IMMEDIATELY take actions to INSERT control rods to less than 95.2% loadline.

Report in Region 2 of Power to Flow Map SRO Directs Load Line reduction to <95%

ATC Insert Rods per Emergency shove sheets until <95% power, Inserts rods 14-39, 46-39, 46-23, and 14-23.

Driver Driver When rod insertion begins delete power oscillations cr02a and cr02b SRO Directs RR Flow Increase

[4] RAISE core flow to greater than 45%.

[5] INSERT control rods to exit regions if not already exited. Refer to 0-TI-464, Reactivity Control Plan Development and Implementation.

[6] MAINTAIN operating Recirc pump flow less than 46,600 gpm.

ATC Raises RR Flow on B Pump to >45% but less than 46,600 Driver Driver As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation

3-21 Rev 0 Page 22 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 6: Reactor Recirc Pump A Trip with Power Oscillations ATC [7] WHEN plant conditions allow, THEN MAINTAIN operating jet pump loop flow greater than 41 x 106 lbm/hr (3-FI-68-46 or 3-FI-68-48).

[8] IF Recirc Pump was tripped due to dual seal failure, THEN (Otherwise N/A)

[9] NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to PERFORM the following:

  • 3-SR-3.4.1(SLO), Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation.
  • 0-TI-248, Core Flow Determination in Single Loop Operation SRO Evaluate Tech Spec for Single Loop Operation TS 3.4.1 Condition A

[10] WHEN the Recirc Pump discharge valve has been closed for at least five minutes (to prevent reverse rotation of the pump), OPEN Recirc Pump discharge valve as necessary to maintain Recirc Loop in thermal equilibrium.

ATC Opens Recirc Pump A discharge valve BOP [11] REFER TO the following ICS screens to help determine the cause of recirc pump trip/core flow lowering. VFDPMPA(VFDPMPB), VFDAAL(VFDBAL)

[12] CHECK parameters associated with Recirc Drive and Recirc Pump/Motor 3A(3B) on ICS and 3-TR-68-71 to determine cause of trip.

BOP Dispatch personnel [13] PERFORM visual inspection of tripped Reactor Recirc Drive.

BOP Dispatch personnel [14] PERFORM visual inspection of Reactor Recirc Pump Drive relay boards for relay targets.

Driver Driver As Reactor Engineer acknowledge request, any field investigation for pump trip report no obvious causes. Pump Breaker 4KV Recirc BD 3A Driver Driver Upon Lead examiner direction, initiate Trigger 20 for DW MSL Leak and MSIV Isolation

3-21 Rev 0 Page 23 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC Reports alarm MAIN STEAM LINE CH A FLOW HIGH and rising Drywell Pressure and Temperature SRO Directs Reactor Scram and enters EOI-1 on Drywell Pressure ATC Scrams the Reactor and places the Mode Switch in Shutdown Reports all Rods in and MSIVs isolated SRO EOI-1 Level Directs PCIS Isolations Verified ATC/BO Verifies PCIS isolations P

CT#2 SRO Directs a Level Band of +2 to 51 inches using RCIC or HPCI CT#2 ATC/BO Starts RCIC or HPCI and maintains reactor level in prescribed band P

SRO EOI-1 Pressure SRO Directs a Pressure Band between 500 to 1000 psig on SRVs (expect 800 to 1000 psig)

ATC/BO Maintain prescribed pressure band with SRVs P

3-21 Rev 0 Page 24 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO Enters EOI-2 on High Drywell Pressure EOI-2 Drywell Temperature Monitor and Control DW Temp Below 160°F using available DW Cooling SRO Answers No to Can Drywell Temp Be Maintained Below 160°F Directs BOP to operate all available Drywell cooling BOP Verifies all Drywell Blowers operating on panel 9-25 SRO Stops at the STOP sign Before Drywell Temperature rises to 280°F SRO EOI-2 Primary Containment Pressure Monitor and Control PC Pressure Below 2.4 psig Using the Vent System As Necessary (Appendix 12)

Directs venting of Primary Containment per Appendix 12 Answers No to Can PC Pressure Be Maintained Below 2.4 psig

3-21 Rev 0 Page 25 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

1. VERIFY at least one SGTS train in service.
2. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves (Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-54):

3-FCV-64-31, DRYWELL INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-29, DRYWELL VENT INBD ISOL VALVE, 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV, 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE.

NOTE: Venting may be accomplished using EITHER:

3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, OR 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT.

Driver Driver If requested to start a Standby Gas Train After 1 minute, Remote function PC01A or B or C

7. CONTINUE in this procedure at:

Step 8 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-19, OR Step 9 to vent the Suppression Chamber through 3-FCV-84-20.

8. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-35, DW/SUPPR CHBR VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-32, SUPPR CHBR VENT INBD ISOL VALVE (Panel 3-9-54).
c. PLACE 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
d. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-19, 3-FCV-84-19 CONTROL, in OPEN (Panel 3-9-55).
e. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
f. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 26 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell BOP Vents the suppression chamber per Appendix 12

9. VENT the Suppression Chamber using 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as follows:
a. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-141, DRYWELL DP COMP BYPASS VALVE (Panel 3-9-3).
b. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-36, SUPPR CHBR/DW VENT ISOL BYP SELECT, to SUPPR-CHBR position (Panel 3-9-54).
c. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-64-34, SUPPR CHBR INBOARD ISOLATION VLV (Panel 3-9-54).
d. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, in AUTO with setpoint at 100 scfm (Panel 3-9-55).
e. PLACE keylock switch 3-HS-84-20, 3-FCV-84-20 ISOLATION BYPASS, in BYPASS (Panel 3-9-55).
f. VERIFY 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, is indicating approximately 100 scfm.
g. CONTINUE in this procedure at step 12.
12. ADJUST 3-FIC-84-19, PATH B VENT FLOW CONT, or 3-FIC-84-20, PATH A VENT FLOW CONT, as applicable, to maintain ALL of the following:

Stable flow as indicated on controller, AND 3-PA-84-21, VENT PRESS TO SGT HIGH, alarm light extinguished, AND Release rates as determined below:

i. IF PRIMARY CONTAINMENT FLOODING per C-1, Alternate Level Control, is in progress, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified in Attachment 2.

ii. IF Severe Accident Management Guidelines are being executed, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below those specified by the TSC SAM Team.

iii. IF Venting for ANY other reason than items i or ii above, THEN MAINTAIN release rates below Stack release rate of 1.4 x 107 µCi/s AND 0-SI-4.8.B.1.a.1 release fraction of 1.

BOP Call AUO to Monitor Release Rates Driver Driver Acknowledge Notification

3-21 Rev 0 Page 27 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO EOI-2 Containment Pressure Goes through the stop sign for Before Containment Pressure rises to 12 psig SRO Directs Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C ATC/BO Initiate Suppression Chamber Sprays per Appendix 17C P

1. BEFORE Suppression Chamber pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 6.
2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Suppression Chamber irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 28 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO 5. INITIATE Suppression Chamber Sprays as follows:

a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.

P

b. IF ............. EITHER of the following exists:
  • LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
  • Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.
d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired RHR System I(II) pump(s) for Suppression Chamber Spray.
f. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-58(72), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR SPRAY VALVE.
h. IF RHR System I(II) is operating ONLY in Suppression Chamber Spray mode, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.k.
i. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
j. RAISE system flow by placing the second RHR System I(II) pump in service as necessary.
k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
l. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
m. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm flow:

3-21 Rev 0 Page 29 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO When Suppression Chamber Pressure exceeds 12 psig or the SRO determines that Drywell temperature may exceed 280°F.

SRO Verifies Suppression Pool Level below 18 feet, verifies DW Temp and DW Press are within the safe area of curve 5 Directs Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers Shutdown ATC Trips Reactor Recirc Pump BOP Secures Drywell Blowers CT#1 SRO Directs Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B and to terminate sprays at 1.0 psig CT#1 ATC/BO Initiates Drywell Sprays per Appendix 17B P

1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7.
2. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to spray the Drywell irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
3. VERIFY Recirc Pumps and Drywell Blowers shutdown.
6. INITIATE Drywell Sprays as follows:
a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
b. IF EITHER of the following exists:
  • LPCI Initiation signal is NOT present, OR
  • Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE keylock switch 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD, in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
c. MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT, switch in SELECT.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 30 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell

d. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
e. VERIFY OPERATING the desired System I(II) RHR pump(s) for Drywell Spray.
f. OPEN the following valves:

3-FCV-74-60(74), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY OUTBD VLV 3-FCV-74-61(75), RHR SYS I(II) DW SPRAY INBD VLV.

g. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
h. IF Additional Drywell Spray flow is necessary, THEN PLACE the second System I(II) RHR Pump in service.
i. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 2.
j. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
k. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
  • 3-FCV-23-52, RHR HX 3D RHRSW OUTLET VLV ATC/BO Once Drywell Sprays are started reports Drywell Pressure lowering P

Driver Driver Once Drywell Sprays are started insert trigger 21 if division 1 is used and trigger 22 if division 2 is used. If attempts to terminate drywell sprays has not started at a dw pressure of .75 psig, lower malfunction th33a to .1 and initiate trigger 25.

CT#3 SRO Direct Drywell sprays terminated at 1.0 psig CT#3 ATC/BO Terminates Drywell Sprays P

Driver Driver Once Drywell sprays are Terminated change malfunction th 33a to .1

3-21 Rev 0 Page 31 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO Terminate Drywell Sprays P

1. BEFORE Drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 7.
7. WHEN EITHER of the following exists:
  • Before drywell pressure drops below 0 psig, OR
  • Directed by SRO to stop Drywell Sprays, THEN STOP Drywell Sprays as follows:
a. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
  • 3-FCV-74-100, RHR SYS I U-2 DISCH XTIE
b. VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
c. IF RHR operation is desired in ANY other mode, THEN EXIT this EOI Appendix.
d. STOP RHR Pumps 3A and 3C (3B and 3D).

ATC/BO Report Drywell Sprays valves failed to close, tripping RHR Pumps P

SRO Concurs with trip of RHR Pumps ATC/BO Remaining steps of securing sprays P

f. VERIFY CLOSED the following valves:
g. STOP RHRSW pumps supplying ANY Unit 3 RHR Heat Exchanger.
h. VERIFY RHR system discharge header pressure above 45 psig on 3-PI 51(65), RHR SYS I(II) DISCH PRESS.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 32 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Temperature SRO Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Temperature Below 95°F Using Available Suppression Pool Cooling As Necessary (Appendix 17A)

ATC/BO Initiates Pool Cooling per Appendix 17A P

1. IF Adequate core cooling is assured, OR Directed to cool the Suppression Pool irrespective of adequate core cooling, THEN BYPASS LPCI injection valve auto open signal as necessary by PLACING 3-HS-74-155A(B), LPCI SYS I(II) OUTBD INJ VLV BYPASS SEL in BYPASS.
2. PLACE RHR SYSTEM I(II) in Suppression Pool Cooling as follows:
a. VERIFY at least one RHRSW pump supplying each EECW header.
b. VERIFY RHRSW pump supplying desired RHR Heat Exchanger(s).
c. THROTTLE the following in-service RHRSW outlet valves to obtain between 1350 and 4500 gpm RHRSW flow:
d. IF Directed by SRO, THEN PLACE 3-XS-74-122(130), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI 2/3 CORE HEIGHT OVRD in MANUAL OVERRIDE.
e. IF LPCI INITIATION Signal exists, THEN MOMENTARILY PLACE 3-XS-74-121(129), RHR SYS I(II) CTMT SPRAY/CLG VLV SELECT in SELECT.
f. IF 3-FCV-74-53(67), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI INBD INJECT VALVE, is OPEN, THEN VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-52(66), RHR SYS I(II) LPCI OUTBD INJECT VALVE.
g. OPEN 3-FCV-74-57(71), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR CHBR/POOL ISOL VLV.
h. VERIFY desired RHR pump(s) for Suppression Pool Cooling are operating.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 33 of 47 XII. Simulator Event Guide:

Event 7: Main Steam Line Break in Drywell ATC/BO i. THROTTLE 3-FCV-74-59(73), RHR SYS I(II) SUPPR POOL CLG/TEST VLV, to maintain EITHER of the following as indicated on 3-FI-74-50(64), RHR SYS I(II)

P FLOW:

  • Between 7000 and 10000 gpm for one-pump operation.

OR

  • At or below 13000 gpm for two-pump operation.
j. VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-74-7(30), RHR SYSTEM I(II) MIN FLOW VALVE.
k. MONITOR RHR Pump NPSH using Attachment 1.

SRO EOI-2 Suppression Pool Level Monitor and Control Suppression Pool Level Between -1 inch and -6 inches (Appendix 18)

Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Above -6 inches Answers Yes to Can Suppression Pool Level Be Maintained Below -1 inches SRO EOI-2 Directs H2O2 Analyzers placed in service BOP Places H2O2 analyzers in service:

1.Place Analyzer Isolation Bypass Switch to Bypass

2. Select DW or SUPPR CHMBR and pulls out select switch handle to start pumps.

3-21 Rev 0 Page 34 of 47 XIII. Crew Critical Tasks:

1 Drywell sprays are initiated when suppression chamber pressure exceeds 12 psig, while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding PSP, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.

OR Drywell sprays are initiated while in the safe region of the DSIL, prior to exceeding 280°F, and RHR not required for adequate core cooling.

2 Maintains water level above TAF (-162")

3 Drywell / suppression chamber sprays are secured before drywell /

suppression chamber pressure drops below 0 psig.

4 Manually isolate systems discharging into secondary containment before Max Safe Operating Value is exceeded. Isolates RWCU

3-21 Rev 0 Page 35 of 47 XIV. Scenario Verification Data EVENT TASK NUMBER K/A RO SRO 1 Start Condensate Pumps RO U-002-NO-03 256000A4.01 3.3 3.3 2 Raise Power with Recirc Flow RO U-000-NO-06 202002 A4.07 3.3 3.3 SRO S-000-AD-31 3 Reactor Building Exhaust Fan Failure RO U-30B-AB-01 295035EA1.01 3.6 3.6 SRO S-30B-AB-01 4 RWCU Leak RO U-069-AL-09 295032EA1.05 3.7 3.9 SRO S-000-EM-12 5 Bus Duct Cooling Fan Trip RO U-047-AL-13 700000AA2.10 3.6 3.8 SRO S-000-AD-89 6 Recirc Pump Trip RO U-068-AB-01 295001AA2.01 3.5 3.8 SRO S-068-AB-01 7 Main Steam Line Leak in Drywell RO U-000-EM-05 295024EA1.11 4.2 4.2 SRO S-000-EM-05

3-21 Rev 0 Page 36 of 47 XV. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST SCENARIO NUMBER: HLTS-3-21 7 Total Malfunctions Inserted: List (4-8) 2 Malfunctions that occur after EOI entry: List (1-4) 4 Abnormal Events: List (1-3) 1 Major Transients: List (1-2) 3 EOIs used: List (1-3) 0 EOI Contingencies used: List (0-3) 60 Run Time (minutes) 4 Crew Critical Tasks: (2-5)

YES Technical Specifications Exercised (Yes/No)

Scenario Narrative SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET Equipment Out of Service/LCOs:

RFPT C is out of service, preparations are being made to return RFPT C to service.

Individuals are at just in time training for the return of RFPT C. Diesel Generator A is out of service and clearanced out, expected back tomorrow. Technical Specifications and Appendix R is addressed. __

Operations/Maintenance for the Shift:

Start Condensate Pump B and Condensate Booster Pump B. Then raise power to 80%

with flow IAW 3-GOI-100-12 section 5.0 step 19 and the Reactivity Control Plan hold for RFPT C,

Unit 3 is currently at 75% power. Units 1 and 2 are at 100% power.

Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas:

None

Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative 3.4 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS) 3.4.1 Recirculation Loops Operating LCO 3.4.1 Two recirculation loops with matched flows shall be in operation.

OR One recirculation loop may be in operation provided the following limits are applied when the associated LCO is applicable:

a. LCO 3.2.1, AVERAGE PLANAR LINEAR HEAT GENERATION RATE (APLHGR), single loop operation limits specified in the COLR;
b. LCO 3.2.2, MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO (MCPR), single loop operation limits specified in the COLR;
c. LCO 3.3.1.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation, Function 2.b (Average Power Range Monitors Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - High), Allowable Value of Table 3.3.1.1-1 is reset for single loop operation; APPLICABILITY: MODES 1 and 2.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. Requirements of the LCO A.1 Satisfy the requirements 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> not met. of the LCO.

B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.

OR No recirculation loops in operation.

Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative Scenario Narrative